知识讲解：2016考研英语语法指导——考研英语定语从句详解

为大家整理的定语从句详细讲解，供大家参考。 一、详细的定语从句讲解 定语从句是由关系代词和关系副词引导的从句，其作用是作定语修饰主句的某个成分，定语从句分为限定性和非限定性从句两种。状语从句分为时间状语从句，结果状语从句，让步状语从句，原因状语从句，条件状语从句以及行为方式状语从句。名词从句包括主语从句，宾语从句，表语从句和同位语从句及there be句型。 一、 限定性定语从句 1. that即可代表事物也可代表人，which代表事物；它们在从句中作主语或宾语，that在从句中作宾语时常可省略关系词，which在从句中作宾语则不能省略。而且，如果which在从句中作“不及物动词＋介词”的介词的宾语，注意介词不要丢掉，而且介词总是放在关系代词which的前边，但有的则放在它原来的位置 2. which作宾语时，根据先行词与定语从句之间的语义关系，先行词与which之间的介词不能丢 3. 代表物时多用which，但在带有下列词的句子中用that而不用which，这些词包括all, anything, much等，这时的that常被省略 4. who和whom引导的从句用来修饰人，分别作从句中的主语和宾语，whom作宾语时，要注意它可以作动词的宾语也可以作介词的宾语 5. where是关系副词，用来表示地点的定语从句 6. when引导定语从句表示时间 〔注〕值得一提的是，表示时间“time"一词的定语从句只用when引导，有时不用任何关系代词，当然也不用that引导 By the time you arrive in London, we will have stayed there for two weeks. I still remember the first time I met her. Each time he goes to besiness trip, he brings a lot of living necessities, such as towers, soap, toothbrush etc. 7. whose是关系代词，修饰名词作定语，相当于所修饰成分的前置所有格 8. 当从句的逻辑主语是some, any, no, somebody, anybody, nobody, something, anything, everything或nothing时，常用there is来引导 二、非限定性定语从句：非限定性定语从句的作用是对所修饰的成分作进一步说明，通常和主句间用逗号隔开，将从句拿掉后其他部分仍可成立 1. which引导的非限定性定语从句来说明前面整个句子的情况或主句的某一部分 2. 在引导限定性定语从句时，that有时相当于in which, at which, for which或at which Attitudes towards daydreaming are changing in much the same way that(in which) attitudes towards night dreaming have changed. 人们对白日做梦的态度正在改变，这与人们对夜间做梦的看法的变化有非常相似之处。 I like the music for the very reason that(for which) he dislike it. 我出于某种原因喜欢这种音乐，而他恰恰与我相反。 We arrived the day that(on which) they left. 刚好我们到的那天他们走了。 3. 有时as也可用作关系代词 4. 在非限定性定语从句中，不能用that，而用who, whom代表人，用which代表事物 三、定语从句结构错误 1. 缺关系词 2. 从句中缺成分 摘自《简明英语语法》 在英文中，有两种定语从句：限定性定语从句与非限定性定语从句。这两种定语从句在其功能和形式方面都有明显的区别： 限定性定语从句限定性定语从句与主句的关系很紧奏，对其先行词起限定、修饰的作用。如果将其去掉，会影响句子意思的完整性；有时甚至于引起费解、误解。例如： Rainforests are being cleared for valuable timber and other resources to speed up the economic growth of the nationsin which they are located . 为了加速他们各自所在国家的经济发展，热带雨林作为有价值的原木和其他资源正为人们所砍伐。 Ocean currents affect the climates of the lands near which they flow. 洋流影响其流经的附近地区的气候。 They explained the reason to us why they had hated us before. 他们向我们解释为什么他们不喜欢我们的原因。非限定性定语从句非限定性定语从句在形式上就与主句很松散，它与主句之间有一个逗点"，"隔开；它对其先行词没有限定、修饰的作用，只起补充、说明的作用。有时也用它来对全句进行补充、说明。即使将其去掉，也不会影响句子意思。由于上述原因，非限定性定语从句在表达意思方面也有别于限定性定语从句。另外，非限定性定语从句在中文译文里，我们往往将其作为一个分句处理，而不把它作定语翻译。 例如：Earlier , the Babylonians had attempted to map the world , but they presented it in the form of a flattened disc rather than a sphere , which was the form adopted by Ptolemy . （此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词a sphere进行补充、说明。） 更早之前，巴比伦人曾试图绘制世界地图，但是他们把它绘制成平盘状而不是托勒密所采用的球体状。 The combination of satellites, which transmit information , computers , which store information , and television , which displays information , will change every home into an education and entertainment center . （此句中，三个非限定性定语从句分别对三个先行词：satellites ，computers和television进行补充、说明。如果去掉这三个非限定性定语从句，那么句子可简化为： The combination of satellites , computers and television will change every home into an education and entertainment center .）卫星能传输信息，计算机能储存信息，电视能显示信息，把这些手段结合起来可以使每个家庭都成为教育娱乐的中心。 The sun heats the earth , which makes it possible for plants to grow .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对全句进行补充、说明,将全句表达的意思看成"一件事情）。太阳给予大地热，这就使植物的生长成为可能。 The old man has a son , who is in the army .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词son进行补充、说明。但本句所传达的信息是："这位老人只有一个儿子" 。如果将此句改写成限定性定语从句： The old man has a son who is in the army . 那位老人有一个在部队工作的儿子。那么，限定性定语从句就要对先行词son进行限定、修饰。这样一来，句子所传达的信息就变成了："这位老人有一个儿子在部队工作，还有其他的儿子在干别的工作"。）那位老人有一个儿子，他在部队工作。二、定语从句用法详细讲解 定语从句是由关系代词和关系副词引导的从句，其作用是作定语修饰主句的某个成分，定语从句分为限定性和非限定性从句两种。状语从句分为时间状语从句，结果状语从句，让步状语从句，原因状语从句，条件状语从句以及行为方式状语从句。名词从句包括主语从句，宾语从句，表语从句和同位语从句及there be句型。 一、 限定性定语从句 1. that即可代表事物也可代表人，which代表事物；它们在从句中作主语或宾语，that在从句中作宾语时常可省略关系词，which在从句中作宾语则不能省略。而且，如果which在从句中作“不及物动词＋介词”的介词的宾语，注意介词不要丢掉，而且介词总是放在关系代词which的前边，但有的则放在它原来的位置 2. which作宾语时，根据先行词与定语从句之间的语义关系，先行词与which之间的介词不能丢 3. 代表物时多用which，但在带有下列词的句子中用that而不用which，这些词包括all, anything, much等，这时的that常被省略 4. who和whom引导的从句用来修饰人，分别作从句中的主语和宾语，whom作宾语时，要注意它可以作动词的宾语也可以作介词的宾语5. where是关系副词，用来表示地点的定语从句 6. when引导定语从句表示时间 〔注〕值得一提的是，表示时间“time"一词的定语从句只用when引导，有时不用任何关系代词，当然也不用that引导 By the time you arrive in London, we will have stayed there for two weeks. I still remember the first time I met her. Each time he goes to besiness trip, he brings a lot of living necessities, such as towers, soap, toothbrush etc. 7. whose是关系代词，修饰名词作定语，相当于所修饰成分的前置所有格 8. 当从句的逻辑主语是some, any, no, somebody, anybody, nobody, something, anything, everything或nothing时，常用there is来引导 二、非限定性定语从句：非限定性定语从句的作用是对所修饰的成分作进一步说明，通常和主句间用逗号隔开，将从句拿掉后其他部分仍可成立 1. which引导的非限定性定语从句来说明前面整个句子的情况或主句的某一部分 2. 在引导限定性定语从句时，that有时相当于in which, at which, for which或at which Attitudes towards daydreaming are changing in much the same way that(in which) attitudes towards night dreaming have changed. 人们对白日做梦的态度正在改变，这与人们对夜间做梦的看法的变化有非常相似之处。 I like the music for the very reason that(for which) he dislike it. 我出于某种原因喜欢这种音乐，而他恰恰与我相反。 We arrived the day that(on which) they left. 刚好我们到的那天他们走了。 3. 有时as也可用作关系代词 4. 在非限定性定语从句中，不能用that，而用who, whom代表人，用which代表事物 三、定语从句结构错误 1. 缺关系词 2. 从句中缺成分 摘自《简明英语语法》 在英文中，有两种定语从句：限定性定语从句与非限定性定语从句。这两种定语从句在其功能和形式方面都有明显的区别： 限定性定语从句限定性定语从句与主句的关系很紧奏，对其先行词起限定、修饰的作用。如果将其去掉，会影响句子意思的完整性；有时甚至于引起费解、误解。例如： Rainforests are being cleared for valuable timber and other resources to speed up the economic growth of the nationsin which they are located . 为了加速他们各自所在国家的经济发展，热带雨林作为有价值的原木和其他资源正为人们所砍伐。 Ocean currents affect the climates of the lands near which they flow. 洋流影响其流经的附近地区的气候。 They explained the reason to us why they had hated us before. 他们向我们解释为什么他们不喜欢我们的原因。 非限定性定语从句非限定性定语从句在形式上就与主句很松散，它与主句之间有一个逗点"，"隔开；它对其先行词没有限定、修饰的作用，只起补充、说明的作用。有时也用它来对全句进行补充、说明。即使将其去掉，也不会影响句子意思。由于上述原因，非限定性定语从句在表达意思方面也有别于限定性定语从句。另外，非限定性定语从句在中文译文里，我们往往将其作为一个分句处理，而不把它作定语翻译。 例如：Earlier , the Babylonians had attempted to map the world , but they presented it in the form of a flattened disc rather than a sphere , which was the form adopted by Ptolemy . （此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词a sphere进行补充、说明。） 更早之前，巴比伦人曾试图绘制世界地图，但是他们把它绘制成平盘状而不是托勒密所采用的球体状。 The combination of satellites, which transmit information , computers , which store information , and television , which displays information , will change every home into an education and entertainment center . （此句中，三个非限定性定语从句分别对三个先行词：satellites ，computers和television进行补充、说明。如果去掉这三个非限定性定语从句，那么句子可简化为： The combination of satellites , computers and television will change every home into an education and entertainment center .）卫星能传输信息，计算机能储存信息，电视能显示信息，把这些手段结合起来可以使每个家庭都成为教育娱乐的中心。 The sun heats the earth , which makes it possible for plants to grow .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对全句进行补充、说明,将全句表达的意思看成"一件事情）。太阳给予大地热，这就使植物的生长成为可能。 The old man has a son , who is in the army .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词son进行补充、说明。但本句所传达的信息是："这位老人只有一个儿子" 。如果将此句改写成限定性定语从句： The old man has a son who is in the army . 那位老人有一个在部队工作的儿子。那么，限定性定语从句就要对先行词son进行限定、修饰。这样一来，句子所传达的信息就变成了："这位老人有一个儿子在部队工作，还有其他的儿子在干别的工作"。）那位老人有一个儿子，他在部队工作。三、初中定语从句的讲解与练习 定语从句（Attributive Clauses）在句中做定语，修饰一个名词或代词，被修饰的名词,词组或代词即先行词。定语从句通常出现在先行词之后，由关系词（关系代词或关系副词）引出。 关系代词有：who, whom, whose, that, which等。 关系副词有：when, where, why等。 18.1 关系代词引导的定语从句 关系代词所代替的先行词是人或物的名词或代词，并在句中充当主语、宾语、定语等成分。关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致。 1）who, whom, that 这些词代替的先行词是人的名词或代词，在从句中所起作用如下： Is he the man who/that wants to see you? 他就是你想见的人吗？（who/that在从句中作主语） He is the man whom/ that I saw yesterday. 他就是我昨天见的那个人。（whom/that在从句中作宾语） 2) Whose 用来指人或物，(只用作定语, 若指物，它还可以同of which互换）, 例如： They rushed over to help the man whose car had broken down. 那人车坏了，大家都跑过去帮忙。 Please pass me the book whose (of which) cover is green. 请递给我那本绿皮的书。 3）which, that 它们所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可作主语、宾语等，例如： A prosperity which / that had never been seen before appears in the countryside. 农村出现了前所未有的繁荣。（which / that在句中作宾语） The package (which / that) you are carrying is about to come unwrapped. 你拿的包快散了。(which / that在句中作宾语 18.2 关系副词引导的定语从句 关系副词可代替的先行词是时间、地点或理由的名词，在从句中作状语。 1）when, where, why 关系副词when, where, why的含义相当于"介词+ which"结构，因此常常和"介词+ which"结构交替使用，例如： There are occasions when (on which) one must yield. 任何人都有不得不屈服的时候。 Beijing is the place where (in which) I was born. 北京是我的出生地。 Is this the reason why (for which) he refused our offer? 这就是他拒绝我们帮助他的理由吗？ 2）that代替关系副词 that可以用于表示时间、地点、方式、理由的名词后取代when, where, why和"介词+ which"引导的定语从句，在口语中that常被省略，例如： His father died the year (that / when / in which) he was born. 他父亲在他出生那年逝世了。 He is unlikely to find the place (that / where / in which) he lived forty years ago. 他不大可能找到他四十年前居住过的地方。用关系代词，还是关系副词完全取决于从句中的谓语动词。及物动词后面无宾语，就必须要求用关系代词；而不及物动词则要求用关系副词。例如： This is the mountain village where I stayed last year. I"ll never forget the days when I worked together with you. 判断改错（注：先显示题，再显示答案，横线；用不同的颜色表示出。） （错） This is the mountain village where I visited last year. （错） I will never forget the days when I spent in the countryside. （对） This is the mountain village (which) I visited last year. （对） I"ll never forget the days (which) I spent in the countryside.习惯上总把表地点或时间的名词与关系副词 where, when联系在一起。此两题错在关系词的误用上。

　　 一、定义： 在复合句中，修饰某一名词或代词的从句叫做定语从句。 定语 定语用来限定、修饰名词或代词的，是对名词或代词起修饰、限定作用的词、短语(动词不定式短语、动名词短语和分词短语)或句子，汉语中常用‘……的"表示。主要由形容词担任，此外，名词，代词，数词，分词，副词，不定式以及介词短语也可以来担任，也可以由一个句子来担任。 单词作定语时通常放在它所修饰的词之前，作前置定语。短语和从句作定语时则放在所修饰的"词之后，作后置定语。定语从句是指在一个句子中作定语的句子，定语从句要放在所修饰的词后。如： 　　1) The man who lives next to us is a policeman. 　　2) You must do everything that I do.上面两句中的man和everything是定语从句所修饰的词，叫先行词，定语从句放在先行词的后面。 　　引导定语从句的词有关系代词that, which, who(宾格whom, 所有格whose)和关系副词where, when、why关系词常有三个作用： 　　1、引导定语从句 　　2、代替先行词 　　3、在定语从句中担当一个成分 　 　二、关系代词引导的定语从句 　　1、who指人，在从句中做主语 　　(1)The boys who are playing football are from Class One. 　　(2)Yesterday I helped an old man who lost his way. 　　2.、whom指人，在定语从句中充当宾语，常可省略。 　　(1) Mr. Liu is the person (whom) you talked about.注意：关系代词whom在口语和非正式语体中常用who代替，可省略。 　　(2) The man who/whom you met just now is my friend. 　　3、which指物，在定语从句中做主语或者宾语，做宾语时可省略 　　(1) Football is a game which is liked by most boys. ( which 在句子中做主语) 　　(2) This is the pen (which) he bought yesterday. ( which 在句子中做宾语) 　　 三、定语从句的结构： 在复合句中，修饰某个名词或代词的句子（做这个名词或代词的定语）叫定语从句，定语从句一般放在被修饰的名词或代词后面，被修饰的名词或代词叫做定语从句的先行词，它与定语从句之间要有一个词连接，这个词指代先行词的内容叫做关系词（关系代词或关系副词：that, which, who, whose, when, where, why）。先行词在定语从句中充当主语，宾语，时间，地点，原因状语。 　　结构：先行词+关系词+定语从句。 　　1. There she saw a wall of water that was quickly advancing towards her. 　　2. In Japan, someone who sees another person making the gesture will think it means money. 　　3. A theme park is a collection of rides, exhibitions or other attractions that are based on a common theme. 　　4. The park has a conservation center that helps protect marine animals and their habitats in the rivers and coastal waters of Asia. 　　5. Visitors can go on exciting rides where they can feel what it is like to do the things they have seen their heroes do in the movie. 　　6. Oprah Winfrey is a black woman whose rise to fame is an inspiring story.

　　一、了解定语从句及相关术语 　　1. 定语从句：修饰一个名词或代词的从句称为定语从句，一般紧跟在它所修饰的先行词后面，相当于形容词在句中作定语。 　　2. 先行词：被修饰的名词或代词叫先行词。 　　3. 关系词：引导定语从句的关联词称为关系词。关系词有关系代词和关系副词。关系代词有that，which，who，whom，whose，as等；关系副词有where，when，why等。 　　He is the man who I want to see. 他就是我想见的人。 　　先行词 关系词 定语从句 　　二、掌握关系代词及其作用 　　最常用的关系代词是who, whom, whose, that，which和as。关系代词同时起了两个作用。它们可以像别的代词一样，可以代表一个名词，在定语从句中用作主语或宾语，同时，它们又起到了连词的作用，把主句和从句连接起来。 　　1. who指人，在定语从句中一般做主语。如： 　　Do you know the man who is speaking to your father? 你认识和你爸爸讲话的那个人吗？(定语从句修饰先行词the man，who在定语从句中作is speaking的主语） 　　This is the stranger who helped us yesterday. 这是昨天帮助我们的那个陌生人。 　　She is the girl who works hard at maths. 她就是那个努力学习数学的女孩。 　　2. whom指人，在定语从句中作宾语。在口语或非正式文体中，whom可以省略。如： 　　He is the man (whom) we just talked about. 他就是我们刚才谈论的那个人。 　　The boy (whom) we met in the street yesterday is my classmate. 我们昨天在大街上遇到的那个男孩是我的同学。 　　3. whose既可以指人，也可以指物，在定语从句中作定语修饰它后面的名词。如： 　　This is the girl whose father is a policeman. 这就是那个爸爸是警察的女孩。 　　They live in a house whose windows face south. 他们住在一座窗子朝南的房子里。 　　4. which指物，在定语从句中做主语或宾语。作宾语时可以省略。如： 　　Physics is a subject which is very difficult to learn. 物理是一门很难学的科目。（在定语从句中做主语，不能省略） 　　Apples are the fruit (which) she likes best. 苹果是她最喜欢的水果。 　　5. that既可以指人，也可以指物，在定语从句中做主语或宾语。指人时，相当于who或whom；指物时，相当于which。that在从句中作宾语时可省略。如： 　　He is the man that lives next door. 他就是住在隔壁的那个人。 　　We like programs that are very interesting. 我们喜欢有趣的节目。 　　She is the woman （that） we saw in the bookshop. 她是我们在书店见到的那名妇女。 　　6. that指人时，相当于who或者whom；指物时，相当于which。在定语从句中作主语或者宾语。如： 　　The number of the people that/who come to visit the city each year rises one million. 来这个城市参观的.人数每年增长一百万。 　　Where is the man that/whom I saw this morning? 今天早晨我看见的那个人在哪里？ 　　三、掌握关系副词及其作用 　　关系副词有when、where、why，他们在引导定语从句时，既在定语从句中充当状语，又起连接作用。 　　1. When指时间，在定语从句中充当时间状语。如： 　　I still remember the day when I first came to Dalian. 我仍然记得第一次来大连那天的情景。 　　He told me the date when he joined the party. 他告诉了我他入党的时间。 　　They stayed with me for three weeks when they drank all the wine I had.他们和我一起住了三个星期，在那三周里，把我所有的葡萄酒都喝光了。 　　2. where指地点、在定语从句中充当地点状语。如： 　　This is the house where we lived when we were young. 这就是我们小时候住的房子。 　　This is the village where I grew up. 这就是我长大的那个村庄。 　　Hangzhou is a city where there is a beautiful lake. 杭州是个有一个美丽的湖泊的城市。 　　3. why指原因，在定语从句中充当原因状语。如： 　　I know the reason why he was late for the meeting. 我知道他开会迟到的原因。 　　Do you know the reason why he refused the invitation? 你知道他拒绝应邀的原因吗？ 　　That is the reason why I"ve changed so much. 那就是我变化这么快的原因。 　　四、学习定语从句应该注意的问题 　　1. 关系代词和关系副词的选用 　　如果先行词是表示时间或地点的名词，不能就一律断定要用关系副词when或where，务必要看引导词在从句中作什么成分，如果作状语，用关系副词，如做主语或宾语要用关系代词。当reason做先行词时，也需注意其引导词在从句中作什么成分，不能断定一概用why来引导。如： 　　I"ll never forget the time when we worked together. 我将永远不会忘记我们一起工作的时光。 （work是不及物动词，when在定语从句中作状语，故用关系副词。） 　　I"ll never forget the time (which/that) we spent together. 我将永远不会忘记我们一起渡过的时光。 　　spend是及物动词，which/that在定语从句中作宾语，故用关系代词，也可以省略。） 　　This is the factory where he worked before. 这是他以前工作过的工厂。（work是不及物动词，where在定语从句中作状语。） 　　This is the factory which/that he visited before. 这是他以前参观过的工厂。（visit是及物动词，which/that在从句中作宾语，亦可省略。） 　　The reason why I was absent yesterday was that I was ill. 我昨天缺席的原因是我生病了。定语从句中缺状语，表示原因，故用关系副词why） 　　The reason that he explained for his being late was that he had missed the early bus.他所解释的迟到的原因是他误了头班汽车。（explain是及物动词，that在从句中作其宾语） 　　再看一个例题： 　　（1）This is the factory ________ I visited last year. 　　（2）This is the factory _______ I worked last year. 　　（3）This is the factory _______ produces all kinds of TV sets. 　　A. where B. which C. whom D. whose 　　以上三个句子只有细微的差别，但答案却不同：（1）和（3）选B. which。（2）选A. where。做这种题时，要看先行词与定语从句中谓语动词之间的关系；（1）中是动宾关系，即I visited the factory，因此选which。（2）中factory应在定语从句中作地点状语，即：I worked in the factory，因此选where。（3）中是作定语从句中的主语，不作地点状语，因此选which。 　　2. 限制性定语从句只能用that的几种情况 　　1）当先行词是anything, everything, nothing (something 除外), few, all, none, little, some等代词时，或者是由every, any, all, some, no, little, few, much等修饰时。如： 　　Have you taken down everything that Mr. Li has said? 你把李先生说的话都记下来了吗？ 　　There seems to be nothing that seems impossible for him in the world. 在他看来世界上似乎没有不可能的是。 　　All that can be done has been done.所有能做的事情都做了。 　　2）当先行词被序数词修饰。如： 　　The first place that they visited in London was the Big Ben. 他们在伦敦参观的第一个地方就是“大本钟”。 　　3）当先行词被形容词最高级修饰时。如： 　　I think the film Assembly is the best film that I have seen. 我认为电影《集结号》是我看过的最好的电影。 　　4）当形容词被the very, the only 修饰时。如： 　　This is the very dictionary that I want to buy. 这就是我想买的那本辞典。 　　After the fire in his house, the old car is the only thing that he owned. 房子失火以后，那辆旧汽车就是他唯一的财产。 　　5）当先行词前面有who, which等疑问代词时。如： 　　Who is the man that is standing there? 站在那儿那个人是谁？ 　　Which is the T-shirt that fits me most?哪件T恤适合我穿？ 　　6）当先行词既有人，也有动物或者物体时。如： 　　Can you remember the scientist and his theory that we have learned?你还记得我们学到的那个科学家及他的理论吗？ 　　3. 区分定语从句和同位语从句 　　1）定语从句修饰先行词，它和先行词是修饰关系；同位语从句说明先行词的具体内容，是补充说明的关系。如： 　　The plane that has just taken off is for London. 刚起飞的飞机是去伦敦的。（定语从句） 　　The fact that he has been dead is clear. 他已经死亡的事实是清楚的。（同位语从句） 　　2）定语从句由关系代词或者关系副词引导，关系词在句中充当成分，有时可以省略；同位语从句主要由that引导，在句中一般不做成分；句子也可以由when, where, how, why, whether, what等词引导，充当成分。如： 　　The problem that we are facing now is how we can collect so much money.我们现在面临的问题是怎样筹集那么多钱。 （定语从句） 　　The problem how we can collect so much money is difficult to solve. 怎样筹集钱的问题很难解决。（同位语从句） 　　3）同位语从句和先行词一般可以用be动词发展成一个完整的句子，而定语从句不可以。如： 　　The fact that the earth moves around the earth is known to all.地球绕着太阳转这一事实是众所周知的。（同位语从句） 　　The fact is that the earth moves around the earth. 这个事实就是地球绕着太阳转。 　　3. 关系副词when, where, why的含义相当于"介词+ which"结构，因此常常和"介词+ which"结构交替使用，例如： 　　There are occasions when (on which) one must yield. 任何人都有不得不屈服的时候。 　　Beijing is the place where (in which) I was born. 北京是我的出生地。 　　Is this the reason why (for which) he refused our offer? 这就是他拒绝我们帮助他的理由吗？ 　　4. that代替关系副词 　　that可以用于表示时间、地点、方式、理由的名词后取代when, where, why和"介词+ which"引导的定语从句，在口语中that常被省略，例如： 　　His father died the year (that / when / in which) he was born. 他父亲在他出生那年逝世了。 　　He is unlikely to find the place (that / where / in which) he lived forty years ago. 他不大可能找到他四十年前居住过的地方。 　　五、考点链接 　　1. 考查that 　　Do you still remember the chicken farm _______ we visited three months ago? 　　A. where B. when C. that D. what (2005北京春) 　　【解析】C、从句中visited 是及物动词，而且没有宾语，要用关系代词引导定语从句。 　　2. 考查who，whom和whose 　　1）Women _______ drink more than two cups of coffee a day have a greater chance of having heart disease than those ________ don"t. 　　A. who; 不填 B. 不填; who C. who; who D. 不填表; 不填（2006北京卷） 　　【解析】C、第一空定语从句缺少主语，必须用who，不能省略；第二空也是关系代词作主语，不能省略。 　　2）Look out! Don"t get too close to the house______ roof is under repair. 　　A. whose B. which C. of which D. what （2006福建卷） 　　【解析】A、从句中缺少的是roof的定语，在定语从句中关系代词作定语用whose，whose可以修饰人，也可以修饰物。 　　3. 考查when，where和when 　　1）—Where did you get to know her? 　　—It was on the farm _________ we worked. （2007 山东卷） 　　A. that B. there C. which D. where 　　【解析】D、work是不及物动词，不需要宾语，所以用where引导定语从句。

　　全英定语从句讲解 　　一、定义 　　定语从句是指在句中做定语作用，修饰句中的名词或代词的从句，其中被修饰的名词或代词为先行词。当关系代词作定语从句的主语时，其后的谓语动词的人称和数取决于先行词的人称和数。 　 　二、定语从句的结构 　　定语从句一般位于先行词的后面，定语从句由关系代词who, whom, whose, that, which，that, as和关系副词when, where, why等引导。 　　(一)关系代词引导的定语从句 　　关系代词所代替的先行词是人或物的名词或代词，并在句中充当主语、宾语、定语等成分。关系代词在定语从句中做主语时，从句谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致。 　　(1)who, whom, that 　　这些词代替的先行词是人的名词或代词，在从句中做主语和宾语。例如： 　　·Is he the man who/that wants to see you? 　　他就是你想见的人吗?(who/that在从句中做主语) 　　·He is the man whom/ that I saw yesterday. 　　他就是我昨天见的那个人。(whom/that在从句中做宾语) 　　(2)whose 用作关系词表示所属格，也可看作是关系形容词，因为它后面必须接一个名词连用。不能单独使用。例如： 　　·They rushed over to help the man whose car had broken down. 　　那人车坏了，大家都跑过去帮忙。 　　(3)which, that所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可做主语、宾语等。作宾语时常可省略。例如： 　　·A prosperity which / that had never been seen before appears in the countryside. 　　农村出现了前所未有的繁荣。(which / that在句中作宾语) 　　(二)关系副词引导的定语从句 　　关系副词可代替的先行词是时间、地点或理由的名词，在从句中作状语。 　　(1)关系副词when, where, why的.含义相当于“介词+ which”结构，因此常常和“介词+ which”结构交替使用。例如： 　　·There are occasions when(on which)one must yield. 　　任何人都有不得不屈服的时候。 　　·Beijing is the place where(in which)I was born. 　　北京是我的出生地。 　　·Is this the reason why(for which)he refused our offer? 　　这就是他拒绝我们帮助他的理由吗? 　　(2)that代替关系副词，可以用于表示时间、地点、方式、理由的名词后取代when, where, why和“介词+ which”引导的定语从句，在口语中that常被省略。例如： 　　·His father died the year(that / when / in which)he was born. 　　他父亲在他出生那年逝世了。 　　·He is unlikely to find the place(that / where / in which)he lived forty years ago. 　　他不大可能找到他四十年前居住过的地方。 　　(三)限制性和非限制性定语从句 　　(1)定语从句有限制性和非限制性两种。 　　限制性定语从句是先行词不可缺少的部分，去掉它主句意思往往不明确;非限制性定语从句是先行词的附加说明，去掉了也不会影响主句的意思，它与主句之间通常用逗号分开。例如： 　　·This is the house which we bought last month. 　　这是我们上个月买的那幢房子。(限制性) 　　·The house, which we bought last month, is very nice. 　　这幢房子很漂亮，是我们上个月买的。(非限制性) 　　(2) 当先行词是专有名词或物主代词和指示代词所修饰时，其后的定语从句通常是非限制性的。例如： 　　·Charles Smith, who was my former teacher, retired last year. 　　查理·史密斯去年退休了，他曾经是我的老师。 　　·My house, which I bought last year, has got a lovely garden. 　　我去年买的那幢房子带着个漂亮的花园。 　　·This novel, which I have read three times, is very touching. 　　这本小说很动人，我已经读了三遍。 　　(3) 非限制性定语从句还能将整个主句作为先行词, 对其进行修饰, 这时从句谓语动词要用第三人称单数。例如： 　　·He seems not to have grasped what I meant, which greatly upsets me. 　　他似乎没抓住我的意思，这使我心烦。 　　·Liquid water changes to vapor, which is called evaporation. 　　液态水变为蒸汽，这就叫做蒸发。 　　说明：关系代词that和关系副词why不能引导非限制性定语从句。 　　(四)介词+关系词 　　(1)介词后面的关系词不能省略。 　　(2)that前不能有介词。 　　(3)某些在从句中充当时间，地点或原因状语的“介词+关系词”结构可以同关系副词when 和where 互换。例如： 　　·This is the house in which I lived two years ago. 　　↓ 　　这是我两年前住过的房子。 　　↑ 　　·This is the house where I lived two years ago. 　　·Do you remember the day on which you joined our club? 　　↓ 　　还记得你加入我们俱乐部的那一天吗? 　　↑ 　　·Do you remember the day when you joined our club? 　　(五)as, which 引导的非限定性定语从句 　　由as, which 引导的非限定性定语从句，as和which可代整个主句，相当于and this或and that。As一般放在句首，which在句中。例如： 　　·As we know, smoking is harmful to one"s health. 　　如我们所知，吸烟有害健康。 　　·The sun heats the earth, which is very important to us. 　　太阳使地球暖起来，这对我们人类很重要。 　　【特别提示】 as 和which在引导非限制性定语从句时，这两个关系代词都指主句所表达的整个意思，且在定语从句中都可以做主语和宾语。但不同之处主要有两点： 　　a)as 引导的定语从句可置于句首，而which不可。 　　b)as 代表前面的整个主句并在从句中做主语时，从句中的谓语必须是系动词;若为行为动词，则从句中的关系代词只能用which.。 　　三、翻译方法 　　定语从语从句有以下五种翻译方法： 　　前置法：这是定语从句的翻译中较常见的一种，即把定语从句的内容翻译成“…………的”，放在被修饰词的前面。这种方法的使用有一个原则即是定语从句内容简短，翻译符合汉语表达习惯。 　　后置法：与前置法不同，后置法就是把定语从句的翻译放在被修饰词之后，这样做的目的在于使译文符合汉语的表达习惯。在此，定语从句的后置翻译分为三类：由which引导定语从句时一般翻译为“这”;另一些引导词则在翻译时重复先行词，即被修饰词;还有一些引导词在翻译时可以省略不译。 　　融合法：在限制性定语从句中，由于定语从句与主句关系紧密，所以定语从句往往翻译成句子的谓语部分，主语即是定语从句的先行词。这里讲的融合法即是将定语从句与主句融合为一个简单句的方法。这种用法往往用在“there be”结构带有定语从句的句型中。。 　　状译法：英语的定语从句中有一类在形式上是主句的定语从句，而其所起的作用却相当于主句的状语，修饰主句的谓语或者全句。这种状语功能常常包括原因、结果、目的、条件、让步等，所以我们在翻译时需要弄清主句和定语从句之间的逻辑关系，从而是译文通顺合理，符合汉语表达习惯。 　　【真题例句】 　　Behaviorists suggest that the child who is raised in an environment where there are many stimuli which develop his or her capacity for appropriate responses will experience greater intellectual development. 　　【解析】 　　句子可拆分为：Behaviorists suggest //that the child //who is raised in an environment //where there are many stimuli// which develop his or her capacity for appropriate responses// will experience greater intellectual development. 　　is raised是从属连词who从句的动词;are是where从句的动词;develop是which从句的动词;由于跟在从属连词后的动词不可能是主句的谓语动词，所以前面提到的三个动词全都不是主句的谓语动词。这时，句子里还有两个动词：suggest和will experience;经过分析，will experience前有从属连词that，所以也只是从句的动词。可以得出：本句的谓语动词是suggest。 　　本句的主干即是Behaviorists suggest that ...;that引导suggest的宾语从句，动词是will experience;who引导修饰child的定语从句，动词为is raised;where引导修饰environment的定语从句，动词为are;which引导修饰stimuli的定语从句，动词为develop。

百度一下很全

定语从句详解 首先，（任何）从句结构：“关联词+从句主语+从句谓语” 位置：从句之首，主句先行词之后。 成分：关系代词和关系副词均在定语从句中充当句子成分。 非限制性定语从句： （1）反作补充说明，与主语关系不甚密切，朗读时先行词用降调并稍做停顿，多半逗号与主句隔开。 （2）能修饰整个句子，限制性定语从句则不能。与限制性定语从句含义不同，限制-是确指，非限制性定语从句是泛指。 （3）先行词为{专有名词，具有特指对象的名词}一般要用到非限制性定语从句。 （4）关系代词不能用that ，先行词指{人：用who、whom；物：which } 关系代词与介词 “介词+关系代词”既能引导非限制性定语从句，又能引导非限制性定语从句。介词要根据先行词、从句的谓语动词、从句中的形容词来选择，也可根据句意选择。 I．介词放在关系代词的前面时，介词短语只能用which代物；和用whom代人；whose还可在从句中与它所修饰的词一起作介词宾语。 This is the hero of whom we are proud. I want to find the very pen with which I wrote that letter. The boss in whose company my father worked is a very kind person. II．当介词放在句子的末尾时，可用that/which代物，that/whom/who来作为介词的宾语，且这个做介词宾语的关系代词往往忽略 This is the hero that (who/whom/忽略) we are proud of. 特: (1)from where为”介词+关系副词”结构,where作from的宾语,但也可引导定语从句。例如: We stood at the top of the hill,from where we can see the town. (2) 有些动词+介词所组成的短语动词，关系非常紧密，介词不能前置。例如：listen to，look at，depend on，pay attention to，take care of 关系代词的省略 首先注意只有限定性定语从句才能省略，非限定性定语从句绝对不能省略。 在下列情况下，可以省略关系代词。 i. 当关系代词在从句中担任动词宾语的时候 The people (who) we met at the party were very friendly to us. ii. 关系代词在从句中作介词宾语，而介词在句尾时 Here is the man (that) you have been looking for. iii. 关系代词在从句中作系动词的表语时 Shang Hai is no longer the city (that) it used to be. iv. who、which、that在there be句型中作从句主语时；和先行词为way（表示“方法”、“手段”时，定语从句用that或in which引导），关系代词总是省略。 There is an old man (who ) wants to see you. The number of motorcycles（that/which）there are in Shangyu is simply surprising. I don"t like the way (that) you talk to somebody else. 定语从句注意事项 一、认清定语从句中的分隔现象。 有时命题者为了加大试题难度，往往把定语从句融入其它结构之中来考查考生的综合运用能力，其常用的命题手段就是将定语从句的某一部分用插入语的方式分隔开，使考生分不清楚句子结构，从而误选答案。 Miss Yang was the only girl in the office who had been invited to the party.(这里先行词girl和关系代词who之间被介词短语in the office隔开了，不能误把office作先行词。) He took away all the flowers, which, of course, made the others unhappy.(这里of course是插入语，增加了句子的难度，如果将其去掉，句子结构就简单多了。) 二、掌握定语从句中的主谓一致。 这是指当先行词在从句中作主语时，从句的谓语必须在人称和数上与之保持一致。 The girl has put all the pictures in a box, which look pretty.(先行词pictures是复数，在从句中作主语，故从句的谓语用复数形式。) He is the only one of the doctors in the hospital who has two cars.( 在"one of +名词"结构中，通常名词是先行词；但在one前加the only，则one是先行词，故句子谓语用has。) 特：① one of + 复数名词 +关系代词+复数型动词 ②the (only) one of + 复数名词+关系代词+单数型动词 The Great Wall is one of the world-famous buildings that draw lots of visitors. Titanic is the (only) one of the most wonderful movies that has been produced in Hollywood. 三、区分定语从句与其相似句型。 在实际运用中，要分清到底是定语从句，还是并列句、状语从句、强调句或其它句型，然后再来确定关联词。 Mr Wu has two sons, and both of them are fond of playing golf.（这里and连接的是并列句，不能用whom代替them。如去掉and，就必须用whom代替them构成定语从句。） It was last night that the terrible fire broke out. （这里是"It was+被强调部分+that... "构成的强调句型，故连接词不用when。） 四、 What引导名词性从句，不能用于定语从句中。 关系代词用法 A)as引导的定语从句。 在中学英语中，as引导的定语从句必须掌握以下两个要点： 1. 用在the same... as；such... as；as much;as many结构中，as作主语,宾语或表语。代替先行词是人或物的名词。 I have the same mobile phone as you (have). (as作宾语) He is such a kind man as often helps others.(as作主语) 同时，要区分such... as与such... that...的用法，在such... that... 结构中，that引导状语从句，且在从句中不作成分。 He is such a kind man that all of us like him. (从句主、宾语不缺，故用that，不用as。) 2. as引导非限制性定语从句,通常先行词为整个句子,在定语从句中做主语、宾语或表语，用来代表主句所表达的意思 它引导的定语从句可位于主句之前,句子之中，主句之后。Which只能在句后，而且as有“正如”，“就象”义；而which一般强调主句所产生的结果。 As is known to us all, Taiwan is part of China. =Taiwan is part of China, as / which is known to us all. 常用的2：as is said above，as already mentioned above，as is known to all，as it is，as is often the case，as is reported in thenews paper，see，expect。 B）关系代词who的用法 （1） who 的前行词必须是人，在从句中可以担任主语，往往也可以代替在从句中担任宾 语的whom,但是它前边不能有介词，如果带了介词就必须用宾格的whom: （介词+whom） This is the teacher who teaches us mathematics. She is the girl whom (who) I went there with.　 （可以替代） She is the girl with whom I went there.　　　 （不可替代） （2）who，that在很多情况下可以通用，但是有些情况只能用who: 1. 先行词是one, ones, anyone的时候宜用who. One who has nothing to fear for oneself dares to tell the truth. The ones who flatter me don"t please me. Don"t tell anyone about the news who oughtn"t to know it. 2. 先行词为those的时候，宜用who为关系代词 Those who were not fit for their work could not see the beautiful clothes made of the magic cloth. Those who want to go to the Great Wall sign up here. 3. 当先行词有比较长的后置定语的时候 I met a foreigner in the street yesterday who could asked me questions in Chinese. 4. 一个句子中带有两个定语从句，其中一个定语从句的关系代词为that,另一个则用who. The boy that you met last night is the group leader who studies very hard. 5. 在there be 开头的句子中 There is an old man who wants to see you. There are many young men who are against him. C）关系代词whose的用法 whose是代词的所有格，修饰名词，它既可以代人也可以代物。当代物的时候，它相当于of which。这种定语从句可以转化为“the+（whose在从句中所修饰的名词）+of+which（whom）”引导的非限定性定语从句，先行词指人时用whom，先行词指物时用which。 I saw a woman whose bag was stolen. I"ll call a person whose father knows you. Which is the car whose owner you know? (Which is the car the owner of whichyou know) Please show me the book whose cover is red. (Please show me the book the cover of which is red) D） 关系代词that的用法： 从句中作主语时不能that省略，作宾语时可省略。 ①首先特别注意，that只能用在限定性定语从句中，在非限定性定语从句中永远不能选用that, 另外介词后边也不可用that, 而是跟which。 ②在限定性定语从句中，which和that在代替物的时候，一般可以通用。 有些情况下，只宜用that,而不宜用which I. 先行词是级形容词或者它前面有级形容词修饰的时候 This is the best that has been used against pollution. English is the most difficult subject that you will learn during these years. II. 先行词是序数词，或者它前面有一个序数词修饰的时候 He is the last person (that) I want to see. It is the first American movie of this kind that I"ve ever seen. III. 先行词既有人又有物，宜用that Do you know the things and persons that they are talking about? The bike and its rider that had run over an old man were taken to the police station. IV. 先行词是all, much, little，few， something, anything, everything, nothing,none, the one等不定代词时 You should hand in all that you have. We haven"t got much that we can offer you. I mean the one that you talked about just now. V． 先行词被不定代词修饰,如all, any, every, few, little, no, some，no sooner等。例如: You can take any toy that you like. 你可以拿走你喜欢的任何玩具。 VI. 先行词前面Only, one of，the only， the same, the very，the last 等词修饰的时候。 The only thing that we can do is to give you some money. Li Ming is the only one that wants to be a teacher. Li Ming is one of the students that want to be teachers in our class. VII. 主句已有疑问词who或者which的时候 Which is the bike that you lost? Who is the woman that was praixed at the meeting? VIII. 有两个定语从句，其中一个关系代词已用which, 另外一个宜用that. Edison built up a factory which produced things that had never been seen before. E）关系代词which的用法 which作主语、宾语、表语。作表语时指人、物，指人时一般指从事某种职业或有某种特征、品性、才能的人。 用法：which还有一种特殊用法，它可以引导从句修饰前面的整个主句，代替主句所表达的整体概念或部分概念。在这种从句中，which可作主语、宾语、表语，多数情况下意思是与and this相似，并可指人。例如： He succeeded in the compitition，which made his parents very happy. 禁忌： ①如果作先行词的集体名词着眼于集体的整体，关系代词用which；若是指集体中的各个成员，则用who。 ②如果作先行词的是anyone，anybody，everyone，someone，somebody，关系代词应该用who或whom，不用which。例如： Is there anyone here who will go with you？ ③定语从句中不能作定语，但有时“whose+n.”=“the+n.+of+which” ④在非限定性定语从句中，只宜用which, 不宜用that. Beijing, which is the capital of China, is a very beautiful city. ⑤在限定性定语从句中which和that在指代物的时候常常可以通用，但是有时只宜用which而不用that： I 关系代词前面有介词的时候 This is the hotel in which you will stay. II 如果有两个定语从句，其中的一句的关系词是that, 另一句宜用which. Let me show you the novel that I borrowed from the library which was newly open to us。 如何正确地区分定语从句与同位语从句 一、 定语从句是形容词从句，其作用相当于一个形容词，是用来修饰前面的名词或代词的；同位语从句是名词从句，其作用相当于一个名词，是对前面的名词作进一步解释的。例如： 1． We heard the news that he had told her. 我们听到他对她说的消息。 2． We heard the news that he had won the game. 我们听到消息他赢得了比赛。 例1中的that从句的作用相当于一个形容词，其作用是修饰the news；例2中的that从句的作用相当于一个名词，是对the news的进一步说明。 二、定语从句的引导词在从句中充当一定的成分，可作主语、宾语、状语等；而同位语从句中的引导词在从句只起连接作用，不作任何句子成分。例如： 1. A plane is a machine that can fly. 飞机是一种能飞的机器。 2. The fact that they didn"t finish the work has to be faced. 必须面对事实，他们没有完成工作。 例1中的引导词that在从句中充当句子成分，作从句的主语，故为定语从句；例2中的that只起连接作用，引导从句解释fact的内容，不作任何句子成分，故为同位语从句。 三、引导定语从句的关联词在从句中作宾语或状语时，可以省略或被其他词代替；而同位语从句的引导词一般不能省略，更不能被代替。例如： 1. The news that she heard is true. 她听到的消息是真的。 2. The news that she will go abroad is true. 她将出国这消息是真的。 例1是定语从句，that可省略；例2是同位语从句，that不能省略。 3. The reason why he was chosen remains unknown. 他为什么被选上的原因还是不清楚。 4. The idea why he was chosen attracted our attention. 他为什么会被选上，这一想法引起我们的注意。 例3中why引导的是定语从句，why可以被 for which或 that 代替；例4中 why引导的是同位语从句，why 不能省去，也不能被其它词代替。 四、同位语从句与其所修饰的名词之间是一种同位关系，二者之间存在逻辑上的系表关系，可用“主+系+表”结构来表示。例如： The news that he won the first place is true. 他赢得冠军的那个消息是真的。 上句若用“主+系+表”结构来表示，则是： The news is that he won the first place. 消息是他赢得了冠军。 意思合理，系表结构成立，故为同位语从句。 五、定语从句所修饰、限定的先行词可以是各类名词，可以有复数形式；而同位语从句一般都与抽象名词同位，一般没有复数形式。例如： 1. The possibilities that she was offered seemed very great.她得到的可能性似乎大些。 2. Her mother was worried about the possibility that her daughter dislike to go to school. 她的母亲很担心，她女儿有可能不喜欢上学。 例1中的possibilities是定语从句的先行词，可用复数形式；例2中的possibility是抽象名词，后接的是同位语从句，一般不用复数形式。 六、由when, why, where引导的定语从句分别修饰或说明表示时间、原因或地点的词，但它们引导的同位语从句一般不和表示时间或地点的词同位。例如： 1. I still remember the day when I first came to Beijing. 我仍然记得初次来北京的那天。 2. I have no idea when she will be back. 我不知道她何时回来。 3. This is the house where I lived two years ago. 这是我两年前住的房子。 4. The question where we shall have a meeting hasn"t decided. 我们到什么地方去开会，这个问题没有决定。 例1、3中的when和 where引导的是定语从句，day 和house分别表示时间和地点；例2、4中的when和 where引导的是同位语从句. 关系副词和定语从句 I．关系副词也可以引导定语从句 关系副词在从句中分别表示时间．地点或原因。 When:表示“……时候的”，是关系副词引导限制、非限制性定语从句，修饰指时间的名词，且在从句中作时间状语。 This is the hour when the place is full of people. Where：作地点状语，先行词是指地点的名词，引导限制、非限制性定语从句。 注：先行词是指地点的名词时，谓语动词是及物的就用that（which），负责就用where. Why或for which:作原因状语,先行词必须是the reason。但是the reason在从句中作主语或宾语时要用that，which。 II. that可引导定语从句表示时间．地点或原因 That有时可以代替关系副词 when, where 或者why引导定语从句表示时间．地点或原因，在 that引导的这种定语从句中，that也可以省去。

（一） 定语从句在复合句中作定语，修饰名词或代词的从句叫定语从句。（二） 先行词被定语从句所修饰的名词或代词。一般情况下，定语从句紧跟先行词。但也有因各种原因定语从句与先行词被分割的现象。（三）关系代词和关系副词定语从句的引导词。与先行词关系密切，因此紧跟先行词，并在定语从句中充当一个成分。关系代词有：who, whom, which, that和whose, 另外，as也可充当关系代词。关系代词在定语从句中充当主语、宾语、表语和定语。关系副词有：when, where和why。在定语从句中充当状语。二、关系代词的用法（一）基本用法根据先行词的不同，和在从句中所充当的成分不同，选用不同的关系代词。如下表：关系词 先行词 从句成分 例句 备注关系代词 who 人 主语，宾语 Do you know the man who is talking with your mother? whom, which和that在从句中做宾语时，常可以省略，但介词提前时后面关系代词不能省略，也不可以用that whom 人 宾语 Mr. Smith is the person with whom I am workingThe boy (whom) she loved died in the war. whose 人，物 定语 I like those books whose topics are about history.The boy whose father works abroad is my classmate. that 人，物 主语，宾语 A plane is a machine that

定语从句【知识简介】名词或代词由一个从句来修饰，该从句即定语从句。定语从句一般后置，但as引导的修饰全句的定语从句可以前置。引导定语从句的词有关系代词that, which, who, whom, whose, as等以及关系副词when, where, why等。关系代词或关系副词放在被修饰的名词或代词（又叫做先行词）和定语从句之间起联系作用，同时又作定语从句中的一个成份。【要点难点】1)that和which的用法区别只用that的情况：①先行词由最高级修饰时，如the best work that I can do。②先行词由序数词修饰时，如the second book that I bought。③先行词由the last, the only, the same, the very等修饰时。④先行词是不定代词all, anything, everything, little, much, nobody, nothing等时，如anything that he does; all that I can do now等。⑤先行词有any, no, all等限定词时，如all the words that I"ve learned。⑥先行词为词组，该词组既含人又含物时，如the city and the people that I visited。只用which的情况：①在非限定性定语从句中（定语从句前有逗号）。②介词后。请看that和which的使用例句：It"s the best film that"s ever been made on the subject of madness. 这是以精神病为题材而拍摄的影片中最好的一段。Shakespeare is the greatest poet that England has ever had. 莎士比亚是英国最伟大的诗人。（本句中先行词虽是人，但由于前面也有形容词最高级修饰，仍用that较好）Take the first opportunity that offers. 抓住第一个出现的机会。He is the last person that one would suspect. 人们最不可能怀疑他。Man is the only creature that is gifted with speech. 只有人类具有语言的天赋。A fool sees not the same tree that a wise man sees. 一个傻瓜看到的树和一个聪明人看到的树不一样。Those were the very words that he said at the meeting. 这些就是他在会上说的原话。All that glitters is not gold. 闪光的并不都是金子。Anything that you have to say had better be said in each other"s presence. 有话最好当面说。There"s still much that is to be done. 仍然有很多事要做。I have changed my mind. Nothing that you say will change it. 我已经改变了主意，无论你说什么也无法改变它。Nobody that was there could convince her of her mistake. 这那儿没有一个人能使她明白她的错误。Every paper that you read gives the same story. 你看的每份报纸都报道同样的新闻。I still can"t forget the places and the people that I visited during last summer vacation. 我仍然难以忘怀去年暑假我见到的地方和人。2)关系代词（that, which, who, whom等）和关系副词（when, where等）的用法区别①关系代词在定语从句作主语、宾语或表语，而关系副词在定语从句中作状语。②分析时主要从动词的及物性或有无介词来考虑。看如下对比例句：①This is the factory where my father once worked. 这是我父亲曾工作过的工厂。（worked是不及物动词，不接宾语，所以不用which/that。where相当于in the factory）This is the factory which/that my father once worked in.（worked in的宾语是factory，故用关系代词which/that）②I will never forget the days which/that I spent in the wood near our village. 我忘不了我在我村边小树林里度过的日子。（the days是spent的宾语）I will never forget the days when I spent my holidays with my grandparents. 我忘不了我和我的祖父母一起度假的日子。（spent的宾语是holidays，不是the days）I will never forget the small village where I spent my holidays. 我忘不了我度假的小村庄。（与上句一样，spent的宾语是my holidays）③Is this the school which/that you visited the other day? 这是你几天前参观过的学校吗？（the school作visited的宾语）Is this the school where you visited your teacher the other day? 这是你几天前拜访你老师的学校吗？（visited在定语从句中有自己的宾语your teacher，所以不用that/which）3)those who和he who句型两个常用句型。He who常用于谚语中。请看例句：He who doesn"t reach the Great Wall is not a true man. 不到长城非好汉。God helps those who help themselves. 上帝帮助自强的人。He who insists on seeing with perfect clearness before he decides never decides. 坚持一切看清楚之后才做决定的人永远也做不了决定。He was a bold man who first ate an oyster. 第一个吃牡蛎的人是勇敢的人。4)whose的用法whose是关系限定词，既可以指人也可以指物，即既可以说“某人的”，也可以说“某物的”。Fortune never helps the man whose courage fails. 运气永远不会帮助丧失勇气的人。That"s the man whose house has burned down. 那就是那位房屋烧毁的人。Have you noticed the house whose windows are closed now? 你注意到了那家窗户关着的房子吗？He"s written a book whose name I have completely forgotten. 他写了一本书，书名我完全忘记了。Above the trees are the mountains, whose magnificence the river faithfully reflects on the surface. 在树林的高处是山，其壮丽的景色完全映照在河面上。注：在正式文体中，指物时，whose往往用of which表示。of which可放在被修饰的名词之前或之后，而whose只能放在被修饰的名词之前。例如：The house whose windows/of which the windows/the windows of which are broken is unoccupied.（那间窗户破了的房屋没人居住。）whose前有时有介词。The teacher in whose class my daughter is studying is a kindhearted man. 我女儿所在的那位老师心地善良。Michel Croz, with whose help, Woolworth climbed to the mountain top, was one of the prefessional guides. 米歇尔?克罗兹是职业向导之一，在他的帮助下伍德沃斯攀登到了山顶。Then we had a chance to talk with that tall man, from whose accent we at once knew that he came from Hunan Province. 后来我们有机会和那个高个子说话，我们从他的口音迅速知道他是个湖南人。5)限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句的区别限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句的区别：限制性定语从句是先行词（即被修饰词）不可缺少的定语，限制性定语从句前不用逗号隔开；非限制性定语从句只是对先行词的附加说明，如果去掉，先行词所述对象仍很清楚，非限制性定语从句前常用逗号隔开。这里有两个例句及分析：Those who want to go camping please tell the monitor. 想去野营的人请告诉班长。（定语从句who want to go camping在句中不可少，否则先行词those不知道指谁，也就变得无意义，因此它是限制性定语从句。）Football, which is a very interesting game, is played all over the world. 足球风靡全世界，它是一项很有趣的运动。（定语从句which is a very interesting game只是对意义已很明确的football作一个补充说明，因此它是非限制性定语从句。）注意，非限制性定语从句可以用关系代词which, who, whom, whose, as及介词+which/whom等引导，也可以用关系副词when, where引导，但不能用that引导。另外，非限制性定语从句中的关系代词或关系副词是不能省略的。6)whom的用法只有作定语从句中的宾语时才能用whom；介词后用whom不用who。口语中whom前无介词时可用that或who代替。My brother, whom you met the other day, has gone abroad. 前几天你遇见过的我的那个兄弟，出国去了。I have a few friends whom I could ring to see if they are free. 我有几个朋友，我可以打电话去联系，看看他们是不是有时间。You have many people around you who are kind to you but whom you will soon forget. 你周围有许多对你好的人，但你都会很快忘记他们。There came a lot of children, most of whom I didn"t know. 来了许多孩子，大多数我都不认识。7)介词＋which/whom引导的定语从句如果关系代词which/whom本身在定语从句中充当一个介词或介词短语的宾语的时候，有时可以将介词直接放在which/whom的前面，这样就产生了“介词＋关系代词”及“名词或代词＋介词＋which/whom”或“复合介词＋which/whom”等的结构。I know the man to whom you talked just now. 我认识你刚才与之说话的那个人。Life is a flower of which love is honey. 人生是花朵，爱情是花蜜。He was educated at the local grammar school, after which he went on to Cambridge. 当在当地的一所中学上学，此后就去上了剑桥大学。It"s a family of five children, all of whom are studying music. 这一家有五个孩子，他们都在学音乐。In the attic we found some apples, none of which was fit to eat. 在阁楼里我们发现了一些苹果，其中没有一个能吃的。I have three brothers, all of whom have gone abroad. 我有三个兄弟，他们都出国了。Soon they spotted a mountain, on top of which stood a temple. 不久他们发现了一座山，山顶上有一座庙宇。8)why引导的定语从句关系副词why用在reason之后，只引导限制性定语从句，why在从句中作状语，表示原因。Give me the reason why you should be interested in his affairs. 告诉我你为什么竟对他的事这样感兴趣。The reason why she was ill was that she had eaten bad meat. 她生病的原因是她吃了变质的肉。That is the reason why he raised the question. 这就是他所以提出问题的原因。注意：有时reason后不一定是why引导的定语从句。如下列句子中，reason后接的是which/that引导的定语从句，这是因为，reason在定语从句中作主语或宾语。Is this the reason which/that the chairman gave at the meeting? 这就是主席在会上所给的理由吗？I really can"t understand the reason that/which he explained. 我实在无法理解他所解释的理由。9)where引导定语从句有时修饰一些具有抽象意义的表示地点的名词，如situation, point, position等等。If you are ever in a situation where someone starts shooting, drop to the ground. 如果你遇到有人要射击的情况就摔倒在地上。But after a few days" stay they got to the point where they could read each other"s thoughts. 不过呆了几天之后，他们到了一个彼此能理解相互想法的阶段。It got to the point where I couldn"t remember any of the reasons I loved him. 到那时候，我无法记起我爱他的任何理由了。10)the way后的定语从句The way后的定语从句用in which引导，in which可以用that代替，而that又可以省略。所以，表达“某人做某事的方法”有三种形式：1. the way in which somebody does something 2. the way that somebody does something 3. the way somebody does something.11)which指代前面的句中的内容which的这一用法只能以非限定性定语从句出现。Jenny was late for school a third time during the week, which made her teacher very angry. 詹妮一周内第三次迟到了，这使得她老师很生气。?He left early, which was wise. 他早早地离开，那是很明智的。He suddenly became wealthy, which changed his whole mode of life. 他忽然变得富有了，这改变了他整个的生活方式。He often helps me with my lessons, which is kind of him. 他经常在功课方面帮助我，真是感谢他。12)which作关系限定词的情况which作为关系限定词时，其本身代替前面所陈述的内容。She asked me to see the doctor, which advice I took at once. 她要我去看医生，我立即采纳了她的建议。He is studying economics, which knowledge is very important today. 他正在攻读经济学，这门知识在今天是非常重要的。He believes in students" doing more homework, which idea I am quite opposed to. 他相信要让学生做更多的家庭作业，我非常反对这个观点。which的这种用法常伴随介词而用。常见的词组形式有by which means, during which time, in which case, for which mistake, for which reason等等。She may have missed the train, in which case (=if this happens) she won"t arrive for another hour. 她也许没赶上火车，如果那样的话，她一小时是到不了的。I called him by the wrong name, for which mistake I apologize. 我叫错了他的名字，为此我道歉。He didn"t feel well that morning, for which reason he didn"t attend school. 那天早晨他感到不舒服，因此，他没去上学。Tom spent four years in college, during which time he learned French. 汤姆在大学上了四年学，在这段时间里，他学会了法语。13)as用法关系代词as引导定语从句有两种形式。（1）as引导一个非限制性定语从句修饰一个分句，as代表该分句所表达的整个概念或其中一部分的概念。as定语从句可置于句首、句中或句尾；as本身在从句中充当主语、宾语及表语。（2）用于as … as, the same … as, so … as, such … as等结构中。as用法的第一种情况：As is known to all, the earth moves around the sun. 众所周知，地球围绕太阳旋转。He must be an African, as may be seen from the colour of his skin. 他准是个非洲人，这可以从他的肤色看得出来。If he comes late, as is usual, for another time, we"ll not receive him. 如果他再一次像以往那样迟到，我们就不接待他了。She is a fine singer, as her mother used to be. 她是个很出色的歌唱家，像她的母亲当年一样。As you will find out, all is now settled. 你会发现，现在一切都解决了。Helen is somewhat crazy, as everyone could see. 海伦有些神经错乱，这种情况每个人都看得出。注意这一类的as表面上看好像和which代替全句时的用法相似，但as引导的定语从句的最大特点是它的意思多侧重于表达“（正）像……、（正）如……”及类似的意思。一般说来，当关系代词在从句中作be动词的主语或一般动词的宾语时，which和as可交替使用；当关系代词在从句中作一般动词（非be动词）的主语时，只能用which；as可置于句首、句中，而which则不能。例如：He was late for school, as/which was usual with him. 他上学迟到了，他经常这样。He saw the girl, as/which he had hoped (he would). 他见到了那位姑娘姑娘，正像他希望的那样。He saw the girl, which delighted him. 他见到了那位姑娘，这使得他很开心。（句中的which不能用as代替，因为从句中的delighted是非be动词）As has been said before, grammar is not a set of dead rules. 正如上面所说的那样，语法不是一套死的规则。（句中的As不能用Which代替，因为此定语从句置于句首）as用法的第二种情况：There"s as good fish in the sea as ever came out of it. 海里有的是鱼；天涯处处有芳草。Here is so big a stone as no man can lift. 这是一块没人能搬动的大石头。Her manner and attitude toward him were quite the same as they had always been. 她对他的举止和态度和往常是完全相同的。He does not possess such a mind as is necessary to a scientist. 他缺乏科学家所必须具备的头脑。Such food as they gave us was scarcely fit to eat. 他们给我们的食物很不适合吃。A man such as he will surely succeed. 像他这样的人是肯定会成功的。I haven"t much money but you can use such as I have. 我钱不多，可你能用我所有的钱。Such as you see is all we have. 你所见到的就是我们所有的东西。14)介词+whom/which + to do的类定语从句结构的不定式用法This is a useful tool with which to cut steel. 这是可以用来切割钢材的工具。Can you recommend someone from whom to learn how to use the software? 你能推荐一个可以向他讨教使用这一软件的人吗？It"s not a room in which to live comfortably. 这不是可以舒适居住的房间。这一结构的介词位置固定，不可移到动词之后，如第一句中的with which to cut steel不可改成which to cut stell with。15)嵌入式定语从句有一种定语从句，在其从句中的主语和谓语之间有一个插入语如I think。这一种定语从句叫做嵌入式定语从句。嵌入的分句的谓语动词常常是think, believe, guess, imagine, say, suppose, be sure, doubt等等。She offered a suggestion which she said would interest you. 她提出一个她说一定会引起你兴趣的建议。He wrote letters to every person and organization that he believed might be able to help. 他写信给每个人和每个组织，他相信可能有帮助。That is the engineer who I think is the right man chosen for the job. 那位就是我认为适合被选派做这项工作的工程师。

英语定语从句用法详解 　　英语语法让很多学生都头疼，因为复杂难懂的句式和词组有时难以记忆。下面网我为大家具体讲解下英语定语从句的用法，供大家参考。 　　 一、定语从句的有关概念 　　所谓定语从句，就是在复合句中起定语作用以修饰主句中的名词或代词的从句。学习定语从句，首先要弄清两个重要概念——先行词和关系词。 　　先行词是我们汉语中从来没有听过的一个新概念，它其实指的就是被定语从句所修饰的词。由于定语从句修饰名词或代词时，定语从句通常是后置的，所以人们就将放在定语从句前被定语从句修饰的名词或代词叫先行词。 　　那什么是关系词呢?其实它就是用于引导定语从句的引导词。事实上，英语中的各类从句，不管性质如何，它们都需要有一个词来“引导”，正如人们给引导状语从句的词语取了个名字叫从属连词一样，人们也给引导定语从句的词语取了个名字，叫它关系词，因为它通常被放在先行词和定语从句之间起连接作用，以表明两者之间的修饰关系，同时它还在定语从句中充当一定的句子成分。 　 　二、定语从句中关系词与所修饰先行词的关系 　　为了更好地理解定语从句，我们还有必要研究一下关系词与先行词之间的关系。但在研究这种关系之前，我们先来看看关系词有哪些。 　　根据关系词在定语从句中的作用，我们可以将关系词分为关系代词和关系副词两种。所谓关系代词就是指起代词作用的关系词，它们在引导定语从句的同时，还在定语从句中充当主语、宾语、宾语等，英语中比较常用的关系代词有that, which, who, whom, whose等。 　　类似地，关系副词就是指起副词作用的关系词，它们在引导定语从句的同时，还在定语从句中充当状语等，英语中比较常用的关系副词只有三个，即when, where和why。 　　许多初学定语从句的人弄不清关系词与先行词之间到底是什么关系。其实啊，关系词与先行词之间的关系很简单，简单得可以划一个等号。因为，关系词的含义在本质上等价于先行词，它与先行词指的就是同一个人或同一个事物。为便于理解，下面我们来看几个例子吧。 　　I know the man who lives next door. 我认识住在隔壁的那个人。 　　这是一个含有定语从句的复合句。句中的the man为先行词，who lives next door为修饰the man的定语从句;在定语从句中，who是关系词，它在定语从句中用作主语，从意义上说，它在此所表示的意思与先行词the man等价，换句话说，上面这个句子与下面这个句子等价：I know the man. He lives next door. 我认识这个人，它就住在隔壁。 　　She will never forget the day when she got married. 她永远不会忘记她结婚的这一天。 　　句中的the day为先行词，when she got married为修饰the day的定语从句;在定语从句中，when是关系词，它在定语从句中用作状语，从意义上说，它在此与“介词+先行词”所表示的意思等价，也就是说上面的句子与下面这个句子等价：She will never forget the day. On that day she got married. 她永远不会忘记这一天，在这一天她结婚了。 　 　三、定语从句的翻译 　　许多英语初学者往往弄不明白为什么引导定语从句的关系词which不能译为“哪一个”，who不能译为“谁”，when不能译为“什么时候”，where不能译为“什么地方”，等等。 　　首先，我们必须要明白一点，那就是引导定语从句的which, who, when, where, why等是关系词(关系代词或关系副词)，而不是疑问词，所以不能按疑问词的意思来理解。 　　前面我们讲到，英语中的定语从句总是后置的，即要放在被修饰名词或代词之后;但在汉语中，定语通常是前置的，也就是说定语要放在被修饰名词的前面，并通常表现为“u2026u2026的”这样的形式。当我们翻译英语中定语从句的时候，一般可以按汉语习惯，将定语从句翻译在被修饰的名词或代词之前，而其中的关系词一般就是译成汉语中的“u2026u2026的”。如： 　　He showed me the article that he had written. 他把他写的文章拿给我看。 　　句中的that he had written为修饰名词the article的定语从句，翻译时就可译为“他写的文章”，其中的关系代词that在此译成了“的”字。 　　She was not in the train which arrived just now. 她不在刚到的那列火车上。 　　句中的which arrived just now为修饰名词the train的定语从句，翻译时就可译为“刚才到的那列火车”，其中的关系代词which在此也译成了“的”字。 　　Sunday is the day when very few people go to work. 星期日是没什么人上班的日子。 　　句中的when very few people go to work为修饰名词the day的定语从句，翻译时就可译为“没什么人去上班的日子”，其中的关系副词when在此也译成了“的”字。 　　Thatu2019s the hotel where we were staying last summer. 这就是我们去年夏天住的旅馆。 　　句中的when very few people go to work为修饰名词the day的定语从句，翻译时就可译为“没什么人去上班的日子”，其中的关系副词when在此也译成了“的”字。 　　Give me one reason why we should help you. 给我举出一个我们应当帮助你的理由。 　　句中的why we should help you为修饰名词one reason的定语从句，翻译时就可译为“我们应当帮助你的理由”，其中的关系副词why在此也译成了“的”字。 　　当然，我们上面介绍的是翻译定语从句最简单同时也是最基本的方法，由于英语句子千变万化，定语从句的表现形式也灵活多样，有些含有定语从句的句子可能用此方法翻译会显得别扭，但只要掌握了这个基本的方法，再加上适当的变通，翻译定语从句也就不难了。 　　四、定语从句中关系代词的省略 　　省略关系代词最典型的情形就是当关系代词在定语从句中用作宾语的时候。在定语从句中能够用作宾语的关系代词有that, which, who, whom。如： 　　Those books (that) you lent me were very useful. 你借给我的那些书很有用。 　　句中的(that) you lent me为修饰those books的定语从句，引导定语从句的关系代词that在定语从句中用作动词lent的宾语，故可以省略。 　　I wore the necklace (which) my mother had left me. 我戴着我妈留给我的项链。 　　句中的(which) my mother had left me为修饰the necklace的定语从句，引导定语从句的关系代词which在定语从句中用作动词left的宾语，故可以省略。 　　Do you still remember the boy (who, whom) I was going out with? 你还记得那个跟我约会的小伙子吗? 　　句中的(who, whom) I was going out with为修饰the boy的定语从句，引导定语从句的关系代词who / whom在定语从句中用作句尾介词with的宾语，故可以省略。 　　注意：我们说的关系代词的省略只限于限制性定语从句，在非限制性定语从句中，即使关系代词用作宾语也不能省略。另外，当关系代词直接用作介词后作宾语时，此时也不能省略。如： 　　I wanted to find someone with whom I could discuss books and music. 我想找到一个可以和我谈书和音乐的人。 　　此句中的关系代词which虽然也是用作宾语，但不能省略，因为它是直接跟在介词with后面作宾语。但是，如果将此句改写一下，将介词with置于句末，则可以将关系代词whom省略。如： 　　I wanted to find someone (whom) I could discuss books and music with. 我想找到一个可以和我谈书和音乐的人。 　　五、引导定语从句的主要关系代词 　　1. that的用法 　　that是所有关系代词中最常用的，它既可指人也可指物，既可用作主语也可用作宾语。如： 　　This is the photo (that) I took. 这就是我拍的照片。 　　引导定语从句的关系代词that在此指事，且在定语从句中用作宾语，故可以省略。 　　They live in a house that was built 200 years ago. 他们住在一座两百年前盖的房子里。 　　引导定语从句的关系代词that在此指物，且在定语从句中用作主语，故不可以省略。 　　The man that I saw told me to come here. 我见到的人让我到这里来。 　　引导定语从句的关系代词that在此指人，且在定语从句中用作宾语，故可以省略。 　　2. who / whom的用法 　　关系代词who和whom均只能指人，不能指物;从理论上说，who是主格，在定语从句中用作主语;whom是宾格，在定语从句中用作宾语。但在实际运用中，除非是直接用作介词后作宾语，否则凡是用宾格whom的地方。如： 　　I met someone who said he knew you. 我碰到一个人，他说认识你。 　　引导定语从句的关系代词who在此指人，且在定语从句中用作主语，故不可以省略。 　　She is the girl (who, whom) you saw in school. 她就是你在学校见到的那个女孩。 　　关系代词在定语从句中用作宾语，从理论上说应用whom，但也可以用who;由于是用作主语，所以它们也可以省略。 　　注意，如果关系代词是直接用作介词后作宾语，不可以用who来代替whom。如： 　　The girl to whom I spoke is my cousin. 我和她谈话的那个姑娘是我表妹。 　　句中的whom直接用在介词to的后面作宾语，故不可省略。 　　3. whose的用法 　　不要以为关系代词whose只用于指人，其实它也可以用于指事物;whose在定语从句中主要用作定语。如： 　　He is the man whose car was stolen. 他就是汽车被窃的人。 　　It was an island whose name I have forgotten. 这是一座岛，名字我忘了。 　　第一句中的关系代词whose指人，第二句中的关系代词whose 指物。 　 　六、引导定语从句的主要关系副词 　　1. when的用法 　　关系副词when在定语从句中用作状语，表示时间，用以修饰表示时间的先行词;在许多情况下可以理解为“介词+which”的意思(which的意思与先行词所表示的`意思等价)，其中的“介词”通常应根据先行词的含与搭配来确定。如： 　　1988 was the year when he was born. 1988是他的出生年。 　　句中的when he was born为修饰the year的定语从句，关系副词when在此相当于in which。表示在某一年，英语习惯上用介词in，如in 1988, in 2008等，所以此处用in which。 　　Iu2019ll never forget the day when I first met you. 我永远不会忘记第一次见你的那天。 　　句中的when I first met you为修饰the day的定语从句，关系副词when在此相当于on which。表示在某一天，英语习惯上用介词on，如on that day, on Friday等，所以此处用on which。 　　Donu2019t forget the time when the wedding will start. 不要忘记婚礼开始的时间。 　　句中的when the wedding will start为修饰the time的定语从句，关系副词when在此相当于at which。表示在某一时刻，英语习惯上用介词at，如at that time, at the moment等，所以此处用at which。 　　2. where的用法 　　关系副词where在定语从句中也是用作状语，表示地点，用以修饰表示地点的先行词;在许多情况下也可以理解为“介词+which”的意思(which的意思与先行词所表示的意思等价)，其中的“介词”通常应根据先行词的含与搭配来确定。如： 　　What is the name of the town where you live? 你住的那个城市叫什么名字? 　　句中的where you live为修饰the town的定语从句，关系副词where在此相当于in which。表示在住在某城市，英语习惯上说明live in a city，所以此处用at which。 　　This cross marks the spot where she died. 这个十字符号标明她死去的地点。 　　句中的where she died为修饰the spot的定语从句，关系副词where在此相当于at which。表示在在某一地点，英语习惯上说明at a spot，所以此处用at which。 　　3. why的用法 　　关系副词why在定语从句中也是用作状语，表示原因;why引导定语从句时，其先行词只有一个，那就是the reason;在许多情况下why也可以理解为for which。如： 　　These are the reasons why we do it. 这些就是我们这样做的理由。 　　句中的why we do it为修饰the reason的定语从句，关系副词why在此相当于for which。 　　Do you know the reason why she doesnu2019t like me? 你知道她不喜欢我的原因吗? 　　句中的why she doesnu2019t like me为修饰the reason的定语从句，关系副词why在此相当于for which。 　　why是一个比较特殊的关系副词，它引导定语从句时，除可换成for which外，有时也可换成that，甚至省略。如： 　　他失去工作的主要原因是他喝酒。 　　正：The main reason why he lost his job was that he drank. 　　正：The main reason for which he lost his job was that he drank. 　　正：The main reason that he lost his job was that he drank. 　　正：The main reason he lost his job was that he drank. 　 　七、限制性和非限制性定语从句 　　根据从句与主句的关系是否紧密来区分，定语从句可分为限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句两大类。 　　所谓限制性定语从句，它的作用是对先行词起修饰、限制或确定的作用，若去掉，先行词的意思就不明确，它是不可缺少的一部分，它与先行词的关系密不可分，不可用逗号将其分开。 　　而非限制性定语从句的作用则只是对先行词起补充说明作用，它是可有可无的，与先行词关系松散，通常用逗号将其分开。因此，有无逗号通常是区分限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句的重要标志。 　　从所使用的关系词来看，在限制性定语从句中，that可以代替who, whom和which等，但在非限制性定语从句中不能用that。如： 　　He changed his mind, which made me very angry. 他改变了主意，这使我很生气。 　　句中的which引导非限制性定语从句，不可换成that。 　　Then he met Mary, who invited him to a party. 后来他遇到玛丽，玛丽邀请他去参加晚会。 　　句中的who引导非限制性定语从句，不可换成that。 　　另外，关系副词when和where既可引导限制性定语从句，也可引导非限制性定语从句;但关系副词why则只能引导限制性定语从句，不能引导非限制性定语从句。 　　Weu2019ll put off the picnic until next week, when the weather may be better. 我们将把野餐推迟到下星期，那时天气可能会好一点。 　　Barbary　 was working in Aubury, where she went daily in a bus. 巴巴拉在奥伯里工作，每天得坐公共汽车去上班。 　　以上两句中的关系副词when和where均引导非限制性定语从句。 　 　八、关系代词还是关系副词 　　一般说来，当先行词是表示时间的名词时，其后要用关系副词when来引导定语从句;先行词是表示地点的名词时，其后要用关系副词where来引导定语从句。但这只是一般情况，有时会有特殊情况噢!不信你看看下面的句子： 　　Donu2019t forget the time that Iu2019ve told you. 不要忘记我告诉你的时间。 　　This is the house that he bought yesterday. 这就是他昨天买的那座房子。 　　这两句均含有定语从句，它们所修饰的先行词分别为the time和the house，分别为表示时间和地点的名词，但为什么后面接的是关系代词that，而不是关系副词when和where呢? 　　要弄清这个问题，我们先来回顾一下关系代词和关系副词的用法。前面我们讲到，关系代词具有代词的功能，在定语从句中可用作主语或宾语等;而关系副词则具有副词的功能，它们在定语从句中只能用作状语。所以，当我们要判断一个时间或地点名词后是用关系词that 还是关系副词when和where时，我们首先要明确关系词在定语从句是用作什么成分——用作主语或宾语，则用关系代词;用作状语，则用关系副词。 　　现在我们再来分析一下上面的两个句子： 　　在Donu2019t forget the time that Iu2019ve told you中，定语从句that Iu2019ve told you之所以要用that来引导，是因为从句中的动词told缺宾语，tell在此所用的句型是tell sb sth，所以定语从句要用关系代词引导。 　　在This is the house that he bought yesterday中，定语从句hat he bought yesterday之所以也要用that来引导，同时是因为从句中的动词bought缺宾语，所以定语从句也要用关系代词引导。 　　确定用关系代词还是用关系副词的简便方法是：看定语从句中是否缺少主语或宾语，若缺，用关系代词;若不缺，用关系副词。 ;

　　一、 知识点梳理 　　充当定语修饰名词或代词的从句称为定语从句。 　　被定语从句修饰的名词或代词称为先行词。 　　定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后，由一定的连接词引导，连接词称为关系代词(which,that,as,whom,who,whose)或关系副词(when,where,why) 　　1、 限定性定语从句和非限定性定语从句 　　起对先行词进行限定、区分的作用。若去掉易产生歧义或使主句意义不明确。(此类定语从句前后没有逗号) 　　【eg】The dress that my mother bought for me is very beautiful. 我妈妈给我买的裙子很漂亮。 　　⑵非限定性定语从句 　　与先行词之间的关系比较松散，只对先行词起说明和描述的作用。若省去，剩余部分意义仍然完整，表达清楚。(此类定语从句前后用逗号隔开) 　　【eg】Your writings , which everyone admires , are very 　　marvelous. 　　你的作品人人欣赏，实在是太了不起了。 　　Shakespeare , whose plays are popular , was a great 　　writer. 　　莎士比亚是个伟大的作家，他的剧作很受欢迎。 　　⑶某些情况下，一个定语从句既可以作限定性定语从句，又可以作为非限定性定语从句，但二者含义有差别。 　　【eg】There are ten cars here which are made in China. 　　这里有十辆中国制造的车。 (这里可能还有其他的车) There are ten cars here , which are made in China. 这里有十辆车，它们都是中国制造的。 (这里只有十辆车) 　　⑷that和why一般不引导非限定性定语从句，其他引导限定性定语从句的关系代词和关系副词都可以引导非限定性定语从句。 　　⑴限定性定语从句 　　【eg】My elder brother , who is an engineer , is working abroad. 我的"哥哥在国外工作，他是一个工程师。 　　Last year , I visited Quanzhou , which is a beautiful cityin Fujian Province. 　　去年我游览了泉州，它是福建省一个漂亮的城市。 　　⑴which和that指物 　　① which和that引导的限定性定语从句表事物，可以在定语从句中做主语或宾语。当他们在宾语从句中做宾语时，that和which常可以省略。 　　【eg】We must respect the custom here that has existed forhundreds of years. 　　我们必须尊重这里存在了数百年的习俗。 (做主语) This is the book (that / which) I want to buy. 　　这就是我想买的那本书。 (做buy的宾语) 多数情况下，that和which 可以通用。 　　② 在下列几种情况下，引导定语从句的关系代词多用that，不用或少用which。 　　a 先行词前有形容词的最高级、序数词或the only , the very , the last等表绝对意义的词作修饰语。 　　【eg】This is the oldest tree that exists in the world. 　　这是世界上现存最老的一棵树。 　　The only thing ( that ) he is interested in is collecting stamps. 　　他唯一感兴趣的事就是集邮。 　　b 先行词为不定代词(anything , nothing , everything)或被little , few , much, any , no等修饰 　　【eg】All the songs ( that ) he sang are very popular here. 　　他唱的所有的歌在这儿都很流行。 　　Everything that should be done has been done.. 　　一切应该做的事情都已经做了。 　　若先行词是something，定语从句用 that 和 which 都可以。 c 先行词既包括人又包括物 　　【eg】They talked of people and things ( that ) they rememberedin England. 　　他们谈起了记忆中在英国的人和事。 　　d 当句中已有wh–疑问句，有时为了避免重复，用 that 引导定语从句而不用which。 　　③ 在下列几种情况下，一般使用which引导定语从句而不用that. a 引导非限定性定语从句。 　　【eg】China , which is the third largest country in the world ,is playing an important part in the world affairs. 中国是世界上第三大国家，它在国际事务中起着重要的作用。 b that和which 在从句中作介词的宾语。 　　介词可以放在句末也可以提到关系代词前面。 　　介词放在句末时，关系代词可用that 和which ，也可省略。 　　介词提前到关系代词前时，只能用which 不能用that ，且which 不可省。 　　【eg】A bottle opener is a tool ( which / that ) bottles areopened with. 　　=A bottle opener is a tool with which bottles are opened. 开瓶器是一种用来开启瓶子的工具。 　　c 当关系代词后面有插入语。 　　【eg】I have received the invitation to your wedding which ,as I have told you , made me very glad. 　　我已经收到你的婚礼请柬。这个邀请，正如我所告诉你的，使我感到万分荣幸。 　　d 若先行词是that，则用 which 引导定语从句。(that which的结构通常出现在谚语中) 　　【eg】That which is evil is soon learned. 　　坏事易学。 　　④ 先行词是way时，引导定语从句的关系代词有三种形式:in which / that或不用引导词。 　　【eg】The way he speaks is unique. 　　=The way that he speaks is unique. 　　=The way in which he speaks is unique. 　　他说话的方式很奇特。 　　⑵who,whom 和that指人。 　　① who和that在从句中既可做主语又可做宾语 　　whom 在从句中只可用做宾语。 　　当who , whom和that在从句中做宾语时，可以省略。 　　【eg】Do you know the girl who / that is talking with John over 　　there? 　　你认识在那边和John说话的那个女孩吗? 　　The man (who / whom / that ) you have just talked with is our teacher. 　　刚才和你说话的那个是我们的老师。 　　② who , whom , that在从句中都可作介词的宾语。 　　介词可位于句末也可提到关系代词前。 　　介词位于句末时，关系代词可用who , whom或that，也可省略。 介词提到关系代词前时，只能用whom不能用that和who，并且whom不可省。 　　(注意与2/⑴/③/b类比) 　　【eg】The man ( who / whom / that ) you have just talked withis our teacher. 　　=The man with whom you have just talked is our teacher. 刚才和你说话的那个人是我们的老师。 　　⑶ whose指人或指物，充当名词的修饰语，表示所属关系。 　　“whose+名词”=“名词+ of which”二者意思相同，可互换。 　　【eg】Look at the house whose windows are round. 　　=Look at the house the windows of which are round. 看那座窗户是圆形的房子。 　　⑷ as引导的定语从句 　　① 先行词有such 或the same 修饰，或者在as/so as 的结构中，都可用as 　　做关系代词来引导限定性定语从句。 　　【eg】I want to buy the same pen as you are using. 　　我想买一支和你用的那支一样的笔。 　　He used such expressions as he could find in the texts. 他使用在课文中可以找到的那些词语。 　　当the same修饰先行词时，引导定语从句的关系代词既可以用as也可用that。 　　区别：that引导的定语从句表示它所表述的事物与先行词是同一个。 　　as既可以表示“同一个”又可以表示“同类”。 　　【eg】This is the same book that I have lost. 　　这就是我丢失的那本书。 　　This is the same book as I have lost. 　　这本书和我丢失的那本一模一样。 　　② as引导非限定性定语从句。 　　as引导非限定性定语从句,修饰的是前面的整个句子。 　　which 也有这种用法,两者在大部分情况下可互换。 　　【eg】She has just cried , as / which I could see from her swollen eyes. 　　她刚刚哭过，我从她红肿的眼睛就可以看出。 　　As is known to all , China is the third largest country in the world. 　　众所周知，中国是世界上第三大繁荣国家。 　　which引导非限定性定语从句和引导的非限定性定语从句的区别： a which从句只能放在句末，而as从句可位于句首、句中、句末。 　　【eg】Mark Twain , as we all know , is a great writer. 众所周知，马克吐温是一位伟大的作家。 　　b 当主句是否定句时，as不能用 which 来替换。as从句所修饰的范围并不包括主句的否定意义。 　　【eg】Spiders are not insects , as many people think. 蜘蛛并非像许多人所想的那样是昆虫。 　　3、 关系副词when , where , why的使用 　　关系副词where , when , why在从句中分别做地点状语、时间状语和原因状语。他们经常可以用“介词+ which ”来替代 　　⑴when可替换为 on / at / in / during + which , 在定语从句中做时间状语。 　　【eg】I still remember the day when / on which we first met. 我还记得我们初次见面的那一天。 　　Do you still remember the summer vacation when / duringwhich we visited a lot of places in Beijing? 　　你还记得我们在北京游览了很多地方的那个暑假吗? 　　⑵ where可替换为 at / in / to + which ，在定语从句中跟在表地点的名词后面做地点状语。 　　【eg】That is the school where / at which I used to study. 那就是我过去学习过的学校。 　　Think of a place where / to which we can go for a swim. 想一个我们可以去游泳的地方。 　　⑶ why 可替换为for which ，引导先行词为reason的定语从句，表示原因。 　　【eg】This is the reason why / for which he was late. 这就是他迟到的原因。 　　⑷ 关系副词when , where , why 引导定语从句时一般可用that替换，也可省略。 　　【eg】She is always busy working from the time ( when / that )she gets up in the morning till the time ( when / that ) she goes to bed. 　　她总是很忙，从早上起床一直到上床睡觉，她都在工作。 That is the place ( where / that ) I went before. 　　那就是我们从前去过的地方。 　　Do you know the reason ( why / that ) he left the company? 你知道他离开公司的原因吗? 　　二、 例题 　　1、( )The flood overflowed the riverbanks , ______ frequently happened in that area. 　　A as it B which C it D such 　　2、( )This is the best novel ______ we have read in recent years. 　　A which B that C as D so 　　3、( )All ______ is a large sum of money. 　　A what is needed B that is needed 　　C the thing needed D for their needs 　　4、( )Read the text a second time and you will probably know what the principle ______ a hovercraft works. 　　A is on that B has on which 　　C is on which D on which 　　5、( )The way ______ he gives his performances is appreciated by his fans. Which of the followings is wrong? 　　A / B which C in which D that 　　6、( )My assistant , ______ carefully read through the instructions before doing the experiment , did not get satisfactory results. 　　A who thought B even who 　　C who had D who having 　　7、( )In the dark streets , there was not a single person ______ she could turn for help. 　　A that B who C from whom D to whom 　　8、( )The neighbourhood factory , ______ workers are all women , turns out toys 　　of fine quality. 　　A there B which C whose D when 　　9、( )He is such an outstanding leader ______ is loved by the people throughout the country. 　　A as B that C which D who 　　10、( )The can opener is easy to handle , ______ is shown in the picture. 　　A as it B as C that D since 　　11、( )Everything was quite all right ______ one day ______ she got into trouble. 　　A not until ; when B until ; before 　　C not until ; before D until ; when 　　12、( )A fast food restaurant is the place ______ ,just as the name suggests , eating is performed quickly. 　　A which B where C there D what 　　13、( )The plane was delayed , ______ was that the weather was terrible. 　　A the reason why B the reason for it 　　C the reason of it D the reason for which 　　14、( )Do not let the child who is ______ swim in rivers. 　　A not old enough B too young to 　　C not old enough to D young enough to 　　15、( )I think you have got to the point ______ ,a change is needed , otherwise you will fail. 　　A when B that C where D which 　　三、巩固练习 　　1、( )Is this university ______ they paid a visit to last month? 　　A which B where C the one D which you 　　2、( )I will never forget the days ______ we spent together in the village. 　　A / B when C what D how 　　3、( ) ______ is mentioned above , the number of the students in senior high schools is increasing. 　　A Which B As C That D It 　　4、( )I was late for school this morning because of the traffic jam ______ I was caught. 　　A which B where C in which D when 　　5、( )Has everything ______ can be done ______ done? 　　A / ; / B / ; been C that ; been D that ; be 　　6、( )Can you find me something ______ ? 　　A to open the tin B that I can open the tin 　　C I can open the tin with D by which to open the tin 　　7、( )Water dissolves a part of nearly everything ______ it comes in contact. 　　A where B with which C that D as soon as 　　8、( )The size of the audience , ______ we had expected , was well over 500. 　　A whom B that C who D as 　　9、( )The shop assistant I spoke ______ nothing. 　　A to say B to said C said D tell 　　10、( )When the mid-term exam was over , I went fishing - ______ I had not done for weeks. 　　A anything B everything C nothing D something 　　11、( )Tigers live in forests , ______ there are plenty of other animals for them to hunt for food. 　　A when B if C as D where 　　12、( )I am going to buy the same bicycle ______ you are using now. 　　A that B which C as D like 　　13、( )This is the same watch ______ I lost. 　　A which B as C that D but 　　14、( )-How far apart do they live?______ I know ,they live in the same neighbourhood. 　　A As long as B As far as C As well as D As often as 　　15、( )Yesterday I bought a Chinese painting ______ was very reasonable. 　　A which price B the price of whichC its price D the price of whose 　　key: 　　1~5 BBBCB 6~10 CDCAB 11~15 DBDAC 巩固1~5 CABCC 6~10 CBDBD 11~15 DCCBB

定语从句 简单来说 属于名词性从句的一个分支。可以简单地看成一个名词，起到一个解释的作用。定语从句一般接在先行词前面，先行词跟定语从句是同一个意思，定语从句就起到解释的作用，跟同位语从句有点相似。定语从句由关系词引导，关系词分为关系代词和关系副词。具体可以自己输入关键词“定语从句”，百度搜索。以下是我百度来的：定语从句用来充当句中定语的主谓结构；它主要用于修饰句子中的名词、代词。而定语从句的位置常常是紧跟在被修饰的名词、代词的后面。在被修饰的名词、代词与定语从句之间往往有一个关系词将其前后两部分联系成一个整体，或是构成一个名词短语；或是构成一个代词短语。但从结构上说，关系词与从句是一个整体。排除句子的其他各部分，这种带有定语从句的名词短语或是代词短语的构成可演示如下：1）three signs that indicate a person is suffering from a panic attack rather than a heart attack三种意味着一个人是患有惊恐症而不是心脏病的迹象在这个带有定语从句的名词短语中：signs是：被修饰的名词；that是：关系词；that indicate a person is suffering from a panic attack rather than a heart attack是定语从句2）those who drink a lot 那些大量饮酒的人在这个带有定语从句的代词短语中：those是：被修饰的名词；who是：关系词;who drink a lot是：定语从句通过上面的演示,我们可以归纳出定语从句在句子中的位置、结构如下：被修饰的名词 / 代词 + 关系词 + 句子 (其中，"被修饰的名词/代词"在语法叫作"先行词".)要点提示：1）"先行词"与"关系词"的内在联系"先行词"与"关系词"之间实质上是互等、互换的关系。也就是说，关系词的作用就是将先行词所表达意义"代到"从句中来起作用。例如：They often become easily frightened or feel uneasy in situations （先行词）where (关系词)people normally would not be afraid .他们常在人们一般不会感到害怕的情况下却很容易感到恐惧或是感到不自在。（本句中的关系词where = 先行词（in）situations 。如果把这个复合句拆成两个分句，那就是：They often become easily frightened or feel uneasy in situationspeople normally would not be afraid in situations 由此可以看出，"先行词"与"关系词"之间实质上是互等、互换的关系）。 又例如：Rude people are those （先行词） whose (关系词)behavior shows little respectfor the rules（先行词） that(关系词) the majority follows .不讲礼貌的人是指那些，他们的行为对大多数人所遵从的规则并不表示尊敬的人。由此我们还可以看出，"先行词"往往是分别重复出现在两个分句中的名词或代词。这也就是我们做定语从句的条件之必需。否则，"关系词"就无法去替代"先行词"而构筑定语从句了。这个道理就如同我们在计算机上"做剪贴以前要先做复制"一样。）2）"先行词"的意义决定"关系词"的选择"关系词"的选择往往是由"先行词"自身表达的意义，以及它在从句中的语法功能而决定的。这个意思就是说，假如"先行词"自身表达的意义是表示"人的意义"或是"物的意义"，那么我们就相应地选择表示"人的意义"或是"物的意义"的"先行词"。"先行词" 在从句中的语法功能也是决定"关系词"选择的重要条件。比如说，同样都是表示"人的意义"的"先行词"，如果它在从句中作主语，"关系词"就得用表示"人的意义"的主格形式，如果它在从句中作定语，"关系词"就得用表示"人的意义"的所有格形式。另外，有时"先行词"本身是表示事物的名词，而它在从句中却与介词构成了短语，在从句中充当状语，在这种情况下，我们就应该用"关系副词"而不能用"关系代词"了。例如：Some people who are successful language learners often fail in other fields .有些在语言学习上很有成就的人,在其他领域常常一无所成。In our class , we have some students whose families are not in Wuhan.我们班上有些家不在武汉市的同学。There are many sounds which have a meaning and yet are not words .有许多声音有意义但不是词。Tell him to go to the classroom where we often have our English class .如果把这个复合句拆成两个分句，那就是：tell him to go to the classroom .We often have our English class in the classroom )告诉他去我们常上英语课的那间教室。(一) 关系词从前面的讨论中我们可以清楚地看出，关系词在定语从句的构成里是至关重要的。我们甚至可以说，掌握不好关系词就无法做成定语从句，也无法理解文中带有定语从句部分的意思。因此，我们首先讨论一下关系词的有关问题。定语从句中的关系词只有两类：关系代词和关系副词；没有连词。也就是说，定语从句中的所有关系词不但都有具体的意义而且都在从句中担任一定的成分。1）关系代词：who , whom , whose , which , that 等。who用于代替"表示人的意义"的先行词，并且在从句中作主语；在现代英语里，也可取代whom在从句中作动词的宾语。例如：I have no idea about the man who wrote the article .我不认识写这篇文章的那个人。The little boy who is singing there can recite quiet a number of Chinese poems .whom 用于代替"表示人的意义"的先行词，并且在从句中作动词或介词的宾语。在现代英语里，如果whom在从句中作动词的宾语，它与who可以通用；但是如果whom在从句中作介词的宾语，那么就只能用whom而不能与who通用了。当然，如果在口语或非正式文体中，介词没有提前，也就没有这点要求了。例如：Who is the girl whom ( who ) you talked to just now ?刚才和你说话的那个女孩子是谁？Yesterday, I happened to meet , in the shopping center , the professor who ( whom ) I got to know at a party .昨天在购物中心，我碰巧遇见了那位我在一次聚会上认识的教授。They are looking for the patient on whom doctors just performed an operation . 他们正在寻找那位医生刚刚给他做过手术的病人。(句中的关系代词whom代替the patient ，在从句中作介词on的宾语，而且介词on提到关系代词的前面，所以who 和whom就绝不可以通用了，此处只能用whom 。)Who is the girl to who (whom) you talked just now ? （错误）(句中的关系代词whom(who)代替the girl ，在从句中作介词to的宾语，但是由于介词to已提到了关系代词的前面,who 和whom就绝不可以通用了,所以如果还继续使用who句子就错了。此处只能用whom 。)whose 用于代替"表示人或物意义"的先行词，在从句中作定语，往往与它所修饰的名词一起构成一个名词短语在从句中担当成分。Whose常表达"某人的、某物的"之意。例如：Do you know the name of that girl whose brother is your roommate ?你知道她的哥哥与你同寝室的那位女孩的名字吗？Water whose boiling point is at 100 degree Centigrade has no color, no flavor.沸点在摄氏100度的水无色、无味。which 用于代替"表示事物意义"的先行词，在从句中作主语、宾语。例如：Views which are entirely new or foreign may also be hard to accept .那些全新的或是来自国外的观点或许也很难被接受。I"ve got a novel which you may like to read .我弄到一本你或许想看的小说。That was a fault which could not be forgiven . 那是不能饶恕的错误。that 既用于代替"表示人的意义"的先行词，也用于代替"表示事物意义"的先行词；在从句中既可以作主语，也可以作谓语动词的宾语，但是不能作介词的宾语。在一定范围内，that = who / whom / which 。例如：Views that (which ) are entirely new or foreign may also be hard to accept .那些全新的或是来自国外的观点或许也很难被接受。Salaried people that ( who) earn more than a few thousand dollars must pay a certain percentage of their salaries to the federal government .工薪在几千美元以上的人必须将工资中的一定百分比交付给联邦政府。Who is the girl to that you talked just now ? （错误）要点提示：定语从句中作宾语的关系代词可以省略;如果关系代词在定语从句中作宾语可以省略。例如：This is the book ( which ) you were looking for yesterday .这就是你昨天找的那本书。I don"t like the novel ( that ) you are reading .我不喜欢你看的这本小说。Who is the man ( whom ) you"re talking about ?你们谈论的那个人是谁？定语从句中，关系代词的单复数取决于先行词的单复数。例如：Those who are in their forties are required to have a physical examination this afternoon .（先行词Those是复数，关系代词who也就看作是复数，所以从句的谓语动词就用了复数形式are了。）请那些年龄在四十几岁的人于今天下午去进行体检。This is the magazine which was sent to me by post .（先行词the magazine是单数，关系代词which也就看作是单数，所以从句的谓语动词就用了单数形式was sent） 这是通过邮局寄给我的杂志。关系代词that 和which的区别that 和which在一般情况都可以用于代替"表示事物意义"的先行词，在从句中作主语、宾语。但在下列情况下一般只用that而不用which ：-- 先行词本身是all , everything , something , nothing , anything等不定代词时，例如：Anything that can burn is a source of heat energy .任何能够燃烧的东西都是热能源。There must be something that happened to you .你一定出了什么事。They had nothing that could cure of his disease .他们没有一点能治愈他疾病的东西了。-- 先行词已有序数词或形容词的最高级或the last, the only等作定语时，例如：This is the most impressive TV theater that has never been put on show before . 这是以前从未上演过的最有感染力的电视剧。That is the only way that leads to your success .那是通向你成功的唯一之路。We have to consider the first thing that starts our work .我们必须要考虑启动我们工作的第一件事。然而，在下列情况下却只用which而不用that：-- 当先行词表示事物意义，并且在从句中作介词的宾语，那么就只能用which 。当然，如果在口语或非正式文体中，介词没有提前，也就没有这点要求了。例如：The world in which we live is made of matter .我们生活于其中的世界是由物质组成的。Ocean currents affect the climates of the lands near which they flow .洋流影响其流经的附近地区的气候。The world that we live in is made of matter.（正确。因为关系代词虽然在从句中作介词的宾语，但是介词没有提前，所以没有这点要求。）我们生活于其中的世界是由物质组成的。The world in that we live is made of matter.（错误。因为关系代词在从句中作介词的宾语，而且介词已经提前，所以必须遵从这点要求。）-- 在非限定性定语从句（关于这一点随后就要讲解）中，当关系词表示事物意义时, 只能用which 。这是语法所规定的，没有任何解释。例如：The sun heats the earth , which makes it possible for plants to grow .太阳给予大地热，这就使植物的生长成为可能。The most important form of energy is electrical energy , which is widely used in our daily life .最重要的能源形式是电能，它广泛地运用于我们的日常生活之中。-- as可以作为关系代词引导限定性定语从句、非限定性定语从句。例如：限定性定语从句 （常用于such … as和the same … as 等句式中）Such points as you"ve mentioned are really important in solving the problem .你提到的这些方面在解决这个问题上的确很重要。People such as you describe are rarely seen nowadays .你描述的这种人现在很少见了。This computer has the same functions as that one has .这台计算机有着和那台计算机一样的功能。非限定性定语从句 （as可以作为关系代词引导非限定性定语从句时，as是指全句：也就是说，将整个主句看成一件事或是一个事实；并对其进行补充、说明。这种非限定性定语从句既可以放在主句之前，也可以放在主句之后。）As I know , she hasn"t got married . 如我所知，她还未结婚。They won the first place in the game, as could be expected.可以预料，他们在比赛中得了第一。Professor Li is extremely popular among students , as is known to all of us . 如我们大家所知，李教授极受学生们的欢迎。2)关系副词：when , where , why 等。在定语从句，关系副词 = 介词 + which 。也就是说，每个关系副词里本身就已经含有了一个介词：when = 在什么时候，where = 在什么地方，why = 为什么原因，等。至于在英文中用哪个具体的介词，就得依具体情况而定了。when 代替表示时间的名词，而这个名词在从句中又与介词构成了短语，在从句中充当状语,例如：People will always remember the time when Hong Kong and Macao returned to our motherland .人们会永远记住香港和澳门回归祖国的那一时刻。He came at a time when we needed help . 他在我们需要人帮忙的时候来了。We don"t know the exact time when the English Evening will be held . 我们不知道英语晚会举行的确切时间。where 代替表示地点的名词，而这个名词在从句中又与介词构成了短语，在从句中充当状语。例如：The place where we"re to have the Speech Contest has not been decided yet.我们举行演讲比赛的地点还未定下来。He is living in a newly-built house where there used to be a pond . 他现在居住的新房是原先一个池塘的旧址。That is a beautiful campus where I made a lot dreams .那是一座我曾经在那儿有过许多梦想的美丽的校园。why 代替表示原因的名词，而这个名词在从句中又与介词构成了短语，在从句中充当状语。例如：He didn"t tell her the reason why he was so happy .他没有告诉她为什么他那么高兴的原因。The reason why she was late is not so acceptable .她迟到的原因不那么令人接受。They explained the reason to us why they had misunderstood us before .他们向我们解释为什么他们以前误解了我们的原因。介词+关系代词在这种结构中，关系代词若是表示人的意义，就只能用whom ；关系代词若是表示事物的意义，就只能用which 。而这种结构中较难解决的问题是介词的选择问题，因为这个问题的解决取决于多种因素：A）动词与介词的搭配B）名词与介词的搭配C）形容词与介词的搭配，等等。总之，要依从句的具体需要而定。例如：A）动词与介词的搭配He has found a good job for which he is qualified .（ qualify + 名词+ for "使…具有…资格" ）他找到了一份他能胜任的工作。The man to whom you talked just now will chair the meeting tomorrow . （ talk to + 名词 "与某人谈话" ） 你刚才与他谈话的那个人明天主持那个会议。He is bargaining with the landlord over the monthly price at which the apartment rents .名词+ rent at + 表示价格的词 "某物以某价格出租" ）他在与房东就那套公寓出租的月租金进行磋商。B）名词与介词的搭配They are still living in the little house in which they"ve been lived for 15 years . （ in the house "在屋子里" ）他们现在还住在他们已住了15年的那个小房子里。We"ve worked out a method by which our production can be raised on a large scale.( by a method通过某种方法) 我们已研制出了一个能大规模提高生产的方法。She didn"t realize the extent to which she had been distracted .（ to extend "到某种程度" ） 她没有意识到她心烦意乱的程度。C）形容词与介词的搭配The secretary with whom the boss is not happy will be fired for her inefficiency . (happy with "对…表示满意")老板对其不满意的那个秘书将由于她没有工作效率而被解雇。I"ve found the job for which I"ve been eager for a long time.（ eager for "渴望得到…" ） 我已找到了我渴望已久的那份工作。He is a learned man with whom we are familiar .(familiar with 熟悉…)他是一位我们熟悉的有学识的人。2）定语从句的种类在英文中，有两种定语从句：限定性定语从句与非限定性定语从句。这两种定语从句在其功能和形式方面都有明显的区别：限定性定语从句限定性定语从句与主句的关系很紧奏，对其先行词起限定、修饰的作用。如果将其去掉，会影响句子意思的完整性；有时甚至于引起费解、误解。例如：Rainforests are being cleared for valuable timber and other resources to speed up the economic growth of the nationsin which they are located .为了加速他们各自所在国家的经济发展，热带雨林作为有价值的原木和其他资源正为人们所砍伐。Ocean currents affect the climates of the lands near which they flow.洋流影响其流经的附近地区的气候。They explained the reason to us why they had hated us before.他们向我们解释为什么他们不喜欢我们的原因。非限定性定语从句非限定性定语从句在形式上就与主句很松散，它与主句之间有一个逗点"，"隔开；它对其先行词没有限定、修饰的作用，只起补充、说明的作用。有时也用它来对全句进行补充、说明。即使将其去掉，也不会影响句子意思。由于上述原因，非限定性定语从句在表达意思方面也有别于限定性定语从句。另外，非限定性定语从句在中文译文里，我们往往将其作为一个分句处理，而不把它作定语翻译。例如：Earlier , the Babylonians had attempted to map the world , but they presented it in the form of a flattened disc rather than a sphere , which was the form adopted by Ptolemy .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词a sphere进行补充、说明。）更早之前，巴比伦人曾试图绘制世界地图，但是他们把它绘制成平盘状而不是托勒密所采用的球体状。The combination of satellites, which transmit information , computers , which store information , and television , which displays information , will change every home into an education and entertainment center .（此句中，三个非限定性定语从句分别对三个先行词：satellites ，computers和television进行补充、说明。如果去掉这三个非限定性定语从句，那么句子可简化为：The combination of satellites , computers and television will change every home into an education and entertainment center .）卫星能传输信息，计算机能储存信息，电视能显示信息，把这些手段结合起来可以使每个家庭都成为教育娱乐的中心。The sun heats the earth , which makes it possible for plants to grow .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对全句进行补充、说明,将全句表达的意思看成"一件事情）。太阳给予大地热，这就使植物的生长成为可能。The old man has a son , who is in the army .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词son进行补充、说明。但本句所传达的信息是："这位老人只有一个儿子" 。如果将此句改写成限定性定语从句：The old man has a son who is in the army . 那位老人有一个在部队工作的儿子。那么，限定性定语从句就要对先行词son进行限定、修饰。这样一来，句子所传达的信息就变成了："这位老人有一个儿子在部队工作，还有其他的儿子在干别的工作"。）那位老人有一个儿子，他在部队工作。

定语　　定语用来限定、修饰名词或代词,是对名词或代词起修饰、限定作用的词、短语（动词不定式短语、动名词表示的）汉语中常用“……的”表示.主要由形容词担任,此外,名词、代词、数词、分词、副词、不定式以及介词短语也可以来担任,也可以由一个句子来担任.单词作定语时通常放在它所修饰的词之前,作前置定语.短语、从句作定语时则放在所修饰的词之后,作后置定语. 被定语从句修饰的名词、代词称为先行词.如“The man”、“The book”.如“那个穿着西装的人是我爸爸” 这就是一个定语从句. 代词引导的定语从句 关系代词所代替的先行词是人或物的名词或代词,并在从句中充当主语、宾语、定语等成分.关系代词在定语从句中作主词保持一致.1,who, whom, that　　这些词代替指人,“whom”作宾语指人,"who"和“that”既可作主语又可作宾语（作宾语可以省略）,可以指人也可以指物.在从句中所起作用如下： （1）Is he the man who/that wants to see you? 他是那个想见你的男人吗?（who/that在从句中作主语） （2）He is the man （whom/that） I saw yesterday. 他就是我昨天见的那个人.（whom/that在从句中作宾语） （3）The man whom you spoke to just now is our English teacher. 你刚刚说话的那个男人是我们的英语老师.（whom在从句中作宾语） 注：who在定语从句中指人,作主语和宾语,作宾语时可省略；whom在定语从句中指人,做及物动词或介词的宾语,可省略.2,which、that 用来指物　　(用作主语、宾语,作宾语时可以省略）,例如： （1）The prosperity which/that had never appeared before took on in the countryside.农村出现了前所未有的繁荣.（which/that在从句中作主语） （2）The package (which/that) you are carryingis about to come unwrapped.你拿那个包裹快要散开了.（which/that在从句中作宾语） 注：which在定语从句中指物,可作主语或及物动词或介词的宾语,作宾语时可省略；that在定语从句中既可指人又可指物,在定语从句中作主语、宾语和表语,作宾语时可省略,指人时,相当于who或whom,指物时,相当于which,作介词宾语时,介词不可提到that前,当介词提前时,需要用which或whom来代替.[1]3.whose　　(只用作定语) “whose”表示谁（可以为人也可以为物）的（东西） 关系代词：在句中作主语、宾语或定语. 1. that既可代表事物也可代表人,“which”代表事物；它们在从句中作主语或宾语,作宾语可省略“that”在从句中作宾语时常可省略关系词,“which”在从省略.[eg：This is the book （which）you want.] 2. 不及物动词+介词”的介词的宾语代词“wh”放在它原来的位置. 3. 代表物时多这时的that常被省略； c）被形容词最高级修饰时；既有人又有物时； e）整个句中前面已有“which”,“wh”行 关系副词：在句中作状语 关系副词=介词+关系代词 why=for which where=in/ at/ on which（介词同先行词搭配） when=during/ on/ in/…… which（介词同先行词搭配） 1. “where”是关系代词,当然也不用“that”引导. By the time when you arrived in London, we had stayed there for two weeks. 到你到达伦敦的时候,我们在那里已经待了两个星期. I still remember the place where I met her for the first time. 我仍然记得我第一次见到她的地方. Each time when he goes to business trip, he brings a lot of living necessities, such as towels, soap, toothbrush etc. 他每次出差都带来了生活必需品,如毛巾,肥皂,牙刷等其他东西. 2. 当从句的逻辑主语是some, any, no, somebody, anybody, nobody, something, anything, everything或nothing时,常用“there is”开头. There is somebody here who wants to talk to you. 这里有人要和你说话. 分作进一步说明,通常是引导词和先行词之间用逗号隔开,将从句拿掉后其他部分仍可成立. 编辑本段关系副词的用法及说明关系副词why　　关系副词why主要用于修饰表示原因的名词（主要是the reason）,同时它在定语从句中用作原因状语.如： We don"t know the reason why he didn"t show up. 我们不知道他为什么没有来. She didn"t tell me the reason why she refused the offer. 她没跟我讲她拒绝这项工作的原因. 与关系副词when和where不同,why可以换成that或省略.如： That"s one of the reasons (why, that) I asked you to come. 这就是我请你来的原因之一. 另外,与关系副词when和where可以引导非限制性定语从句不一样,why只能引导限制性定语从句,不能引导非限制性定语从句.如： 他失去工作的主要原因是他喝酒. 误：The main reason, why he lost his job, was that he drank. 正：The main reason why he lost his job was that he drank.关系副词when　　关系副词when主要用于修饰表示时间的名词,同时它在定语从句中用作时间状语.如： There comes a time when you have to make a choice. 你必须作出抉择的时候到了. Gone are the days when they could do what they liked. 他们为所欲为的日子一去不复返了. We"ll put off the picnic until next week, when the weather may be better. 我们将把野餐推迟到下星期,那时天气可能会好一点. 注意不要一见到先行词为时间名词,就以为一定要用关系副词when来引导定语从句,同时还要看它在定语从句中充当什么成分——如果在定语从句中用作时间状语,就用when；如果在定语从句中不是用作时间状语,而是用作主语或宾语,那就不能用when,而要用that, which等.如： Don"t forget the time (that, which) I"ve told you. 不要忘记我告诉你的时间. 关系代词that / which在定语从句中用作动词told的宾语,正因为是用作宾语,所以也可以省略.关系副词where　　关系副词where主要用于修饰表示地点的名词,同时它在定语从句中用作地点状语. 与前面when的情况一样,注意不要一见到先行词为地点名词,就以为一定要用关系副词where来引导定语从句,同时还要看它在定语从句中充当什么成分——如果在定语从句中用作地点状语,就用where；如果在定语从句中不是用作地点状语,而是用作主语或宾语,那就不能用where,而要用that, which等 关系代词that / which在定语从句中用作主语. 另外注意,where有时还可用于抽象名词后引导定语从句. 一份整天坐办公桌前的工作. 非限制性定语从句　　意义： 非限制性定语从句起补充说明作用,缺少也不会影响全句的理解.在非限制性定语从句的前面往往有逗号隔开, 3. 非限定性定语从句可将整个主句作为先行词, 对其进行修饰, 这时从句谓语动词要用第三人称单数, 4. 有时as也可用作关系代词 5. 在非限定性定语从句中,不能用于在从句中做主语 whom指人　　注意：关系代词“whom”在口语和非正式语体中常用“who”代替,可省略. 如果在从句中做宾语,就用“whom”或“who”. which 、that 通常指人也可指物　　在定语从句中做定语,表所有. “whose”指物时通常以以下结构来代替： that指人时　　相当于“who”或者“whom”；指物时,相当于“which”当前头有最高级序数词“all”不定代词时必须用“that”. 在定语从句中做主语、表语或者宾语,做宾语时可省略. when指时间　　在定语从句中做时间状语也可做连接词用. 介词和关系代词　　1）介词后面的关系代词不能省略. 2）“that”前“Do you”作介词的宾语,且可以省略.例如： （1）The school（that/which）he once studied in is very famous.“that/which”可以省略. = The school in which he once studied is very famous.“which”不可省略. （2）Tomorrow I will bring here 用,如：look for, look after, take care of等. T This is the watch which/that I am looking for.（T=正确） F This is the watch for which I am looking.（F=错误） 2. 若介词放在关系代词前,关系代词指人时用“whom”,不可用“who”或者“that”；指物时用“which”,不能用“that”；关系代词是所有格时用“whose” （1）The man with whom you talked is my friend.（T） The man famous. （2）I bought many books yesterday, three of which are written by Lu Xun.关系代词　　关系代词（一般情况下）“that”可用在从句做主语,谓动词的宾语,但是不能做介词的宾语. “which”指物,在从句句中作主语； “whom”在从句中作宾语； “why”在从句中修语,先行词通常是“the reason”； 有时“why”也可用“for+which”代替. 例：A doctor who looks after people"s health. 主语 谓语 先行词 定语从句修饰先行词判断介词和关系代词　　方法一： 用关系代词,还是关系副词完全取决于从句中的谓语动词.不及物动词后面无宾语,就必须要求用关系副词或者是介词加关系代词；而及物动词后接宾语,则要求用关系代词.例如：　This is the mountain village where I stayed last year. 判断改错: （错） This is the mountain village where I visited last year.　（错） I will never forget the days when I spent in the countryside.　（对） This is the mountain village (which) I visited last year.　（对） I"ll never forget the days (which) I spent in the countryside. 例. Is this the museum ____ the exhibition was held? A. where　B. that　C. on which　D. the one ,解析： 主、谓、宾俱全,从句部分为句子的状语表地点,既可用副词where,又因 in the museum词组,可用介词in + which 引导地点状语.而此题中,介词on 用的不对,所以选A. 关系词的选择依据在从句中所做的成分,先行词在从句中做主、宾语时,选择关系代词（who, whom, that, which, whose）； 先行词在从句中做状语时,应选择关系副词（“where”地点状语,“when”时间状语,“why”原因状语）. 编辑本段关系词的选择只用that不用which　　1）当先行词是或被序数词,最高级,不定代词修饰时,关系词用that不用which. 2）当先行词既有人又有物时,用that. 3）当先行词带有the only,the very,the same,the last,the one等词时,用that不用which. 4）当主句中有who或which时,为避免重复用that. 5）当先行词是形容词最高级或被形容词最高级修饰时 只能用that只用who不用that　　1）如果先行词是those,they,all,persons,people,he,anyone,one时用who不用that. 2）当先行词指人并含有较长的后置定语从句或在被分割的定语从句中时.只用which不用that　　1）当主句先行词后有介词时,用which.This the one of which I"m speaking. 2）非限定性定语从句,用which. 3) 描述句中一般用which.Beijing,which was China‘s capital for more than 800years. 4）those +复数名词之后,多用which .Shopkeeper want to keep a number of those goods which sell best. 5）先行词本身是that时.注意　　1）there be句型中,指人用who指物用that.2）当主句中缺少主语或表语时,用the one. 2）当出现先行词+介词时,关系词只能用whom或which 编辑本段先行词和关系词　　1）Whoever spits in public will be punished here.（“Whoever”可以用“anyone who”代替） 2）The parents will use what they have to send their son to technical school. （“what”可以用“all that”代替） 但这两句句子已经不是定语从句了,是名词性从句.因为定语从句一定要有先行词,而名词性从句没有.将“Whoever”、“what”分别用“Anyone who”、“all that”代替后,才是定语从句,先行词分别是“Anyone”、“all”.An invitation from her boss, ___came as a surprise. A. it　B. that　C. which　D. he 答案C. 此为非限定性从句,不能用“that”修饰,而用“which”、“it”和“he”都使后句成为句子,两个独立的句子不能单以逗号连接.况且选“he”句意不通. 2）The weather turned out to be very good, ___ was more than we could expect. A. what　B. which　C. that　D. it 答案B 英语语法上行不通. 3）It rained hard yesterday, ____ prevented me from going to the park. A. that　B. which　C. as　D. it 答案B “as”和“which”在引导非限宾语.但不同之处主要有两点： （1）importance to me, as my own is. 在一定的语言环境里,有些名词可以具有形容词的性质.这些名词主要是那些表示人的身份、职业、状态的名词.值得一提的是,在这些具有形容词性质的名词之后,引导定语从句的关系代词不能用“who / whom”. （2）动词短语先行成分. 这种动词短语既可是限定形式也可是非限定形式.如果是动态动词短语,它们在从句中就一般有限定或非限定形式的替代动词“do”和“as / which”一起代替.“do”可以出现,也可以不出现,但不能用其它动词代替. （3）句子作先行成分. 这句子可以是整个主句也可以只是主句中的一个从句.有时是连续几个句子,有时甚至可以是一个完整的故事. 二、“as/which”特殊定语从句在句中的位置. 由于先行成分的构成成分”特殊定语从句在句中的位置有以下几种情况： 1. 形容词做先行成分时：形容质的which”特殊定语从句置于先行成分之后. 2. 动词词短语作先行成分时,“as / which”特殊定语从句置于先行成分之后.但是,当从句中含有表示主观意志的插入成分时,“as”特殊. 3. 句子作先行成分时：“as”特殊定语从句的位置较灵活,可以置于先行成分之前、之中或之后.但如果先行成分是直接引语,“as”特殊定“s”特殊定语从句与否定词的相对中则常用一些表示“合乎自然规律”、“众所周知”或“经常发生”等意义的词语,如natural, known to all, usual等. 4. 有无状语意要是方式状语意义,而“which”特殊定语从句则无状语意义.“as”特殊定四、关系代词“as”与“which”一词.如： Freddie, as might be expected, was attending the conference. 1). “Which”作主语时,谓语动词不限,主动被动皆可,只是谓语动词为被动语态时助动词“be”省略. 2). “as”和“which”都可以在特殊定语从句中宾语. 3). “as”和“which”在特殊从句中作补语.如： We thought him a gentleman, as/which he could never be. “as”特殊定语从句中可以主谓倒装,“which”从句中则不能主谓倒装. 如果先行成分不是主语补语或宾语补语,关系代词用“which”而不用“as”.如： He talked like a native, which/as he hardly was. 5."as"用法： 1)."as"引导限制性定语从句 a."such.as" He is not such a fool as he looks. I have never heard such a story as he tells. b."the same .as" This is the same book as I lost last week. (区分"the same...as"与"the same.that"：两者都引导定语从句.that从句中说明的名词与the same修饰的名词是同一个.as从句中说明的名词与the same修饰的名词是同一类,而非同一个.举例：①This is the same pen that I lost. 这支钢笔就是我丢的那一支.②This is the same pen as I lost. 这支钢笔跟我丢的那支笔一模一样.) c."as...as" As many children as came were given some cakes. 2)."as"引导非限制性定语从句 常用句式:as is said above 综上所述 as is known to all 众所周知 as is often the case 通常如此 as is reported in the newspaper 如报纸所报道的 6. “which”在特殊从定法 （1）不用that的情况 （a）在引导非限定性定语从句时. （错）The tree, which is four hundred years old, Is very famous here. （b）介词后不能用. We depend on the land from which we get our food. We depend on the land that/which we get our food from. （2）只能用“that”作为定语如“last,just”修饰时,只用“that”. （d）先行词为序数词、数容词,又有物时. （f）先行词指物,在主句中作是“the way”或“the reason”时,“that”可作关系副词,也可省略. （h）主句的主语是疑问词“who /which”时,避免重复要用“that”． 举例： Is this the book that you borrowed in the library? 这是你在图书馆借的书吗? Who that break the window should be punished． 谁打碎了窗户谁该受罚. All that is needed is a supply of oil. 所需的everything that he had stolen to the police. 那贼最终把偷的全部东西交给了警察. 定语从句只能“that”引导的情况： 1、先行词是最高级或被最高级修饰. This is the most interesting book that l have ever read. 2、先行词是序数词或被序数词修饰. The second foreign country that l expect to visit is Greek. 3、先行词是不定代词时,如"all、few、little、much、anything、nothing、something" This is the very good dictionary that I want to buy. 4.、先行词既有人又有物时 Can you remember the scientist and his theory that we have learned? 5、先行词被only”、“the every”、“no”、“one of”等修饰 He is the only person that l want to talk to. 6、在以“which”、“who”、“whom” 引起的问句中,为避免重复,常用"that" Who is the man that is standing there? Which is the T-shirt that fits me most? 7、“there be”句型中 8、先行词在主句中作表语,或者关系代词本身作从句的表语时宜用“that” “that”在作宾语时可省略. （五）区分定语从句和同位语从句 1、定语从句修饰先行词,它和先行词是修饰关系； 同位语从句说明先行词的具体内容,是补充说明的关系. （1）The planeis clear. 同位语从句 2、定语从句由关系代for advice. （3）The fact that the moon moves around the earth is known to all. （4）The fact is that the moon moves around the earth. [定语从句]介词+关系词 1）介词后面的关系副词不能省略. 2）“that”前不能有介词. 3）某些在从句中充当时间,地点或原因状语的"介词+关系词"结构可以同关系副词“when”和“where”互换.例如： This is the house in which I lived two years ago. 这是我两年前住过的房子. This is the house where I lived two years ago. Do you remember the day on which you joined our club? 还记得你加入我们俱乐部的那一天吗? Do you remember the day when you joined our club?

　　九年级定语从句讲解 　　一．定义： 　　在复合句中修饰某一名词或代词的从句叫定语从句。 　　二．特点： 　　1.先行词：定语从句所修饰的名词或代词 　　2. 关联词： 　　1）引出定语从句，并作从句的一个成分。可作主语、宾语、定语、状语，作宾语可省略。 　　2）关联词包括关系代词和关系副词。关联词位于先行词和定语从句之间。 　　关系代词：that, which, who, whom, whose代指先行词。 　　关系副词：when, where, why作时间状语。 　　三．基本结构： 　　先行词+关联词+定语从句剩余部分 　　四．关系代词的用法： 　　1. that 和which 　　that指人或物，作主语或宾语，作宾语可省略，主语不能。 　　Which指物，不指人，作主语或宾语，作宾语可省略，主语不能。 　　His father works in a factory that/which makes TV sets. 　　Who was hurt in the accident that/which happened yesterday? 　　The coat (which/that) I put on the desk is black. 　　注意：The room in which I live is very big. (在介词后面不能用that) 　　2.只能用that不能用which引导的定语从句： 　　1) 先行词被形容词最高级修饰时，定语从句只能用that 　　This is the most interesting story (that) I have ever heard. 　　2）先行词被序数词修饰时，定语从句只能用that 　　The children like the second lesson that is about “The Football Match”. 　　3）先行词被the only，the very 或the same等修饰，定语从句只能用that引导。 　　It is the only word (that) I know in the passage. 　　Where is the very book (that) I bought just now? 　　This is the (same) bicycle (that) I lost. 　　4）先行词为everything，something，anything，all，none，much，little，few等不定代词时，定语从句只能用that 　　I want everything (that) I want. 　　I am writing to tell you about something very strange that happened to me last week. 　　5)先行词被不定代词all, any, no, every, little, much, many修饰时，只能用that 　　Here is all the money (that) I have. 　　6)先行词是同时含有“人和物”的名词时，定语从句只能用that 　　I can remember well the persons and some pictures (that) I see in the room. 　　7)定语从句所修饰的词为the one 时，定语从句用that引导 　　Is it the one（that）you want？ 　　8）为了避免重复，在疑问词who之后，用that 引导定语从句 　　Who is the girl that won the first place? 　　3. who和whom 　　who指人，在句中作主语和宾语，作宾语可省略。 　　Whom指人，在句中只能作宾语，可省略，但在介词后面不能省略。 　　Who is the teacher that Xiao Li is talking to? 　　The doctor with whom she went to the United States last month is very famous. 　　=The doctor who/whom/that she went to the United States with last month is very famous. 　　五.关系副词的用法： 　　1. when指时间，在定语从句中作时间状语 　　I still remember the day when I first came to Beijing. when=on which 　　2.where 指地点，在定语从句中作地点状语。 　　This is the house where I lived two years ago. 　　3.why指原因，在定语从句中作原因状语，其先行词只有表示原因的reason一词. 　　We don"t know the reason why he was late for school. 　　一．单项选择 　　1. This is the bag _____ my mother bought yesterday. 　　A. that B. who C. whom D. this 　　2. The man _____ lives next to us is my English teacher. 　　A. whom B. which C. who D. / 　　3. The girl _____ you saw in the street is Mary. 　　A. that B. whose C. which D. as 　　4. Is this the factory _____ a lot of students visited yesterday? 　　A. the one B. which C. who D. whom 　　5. Is this factory _____ a lot of students visited yesterday? 　　A. the one B. that C. which D. / 　　6. The only language _____ is easy to learn is the mother tongue. 　　A. which B. that C. / D. it 　　7. The girl handed everything _____ she had picked up in the street to the police. 　　A. which B. in which C. that D. all 　　8. _____ cleans the blackboard should be praised. 　　A. That B. Who C. The one who D. The students who 　　9. Please show me the book _____ you bought yesterday. 　　A. which B. whom C. whose D. this 　　10. This is the best book _____ I have been looking for all this year. 　　A. who B. whom C. which D. / 　　11. This is the only article of these that _____ written by him. 　　A. was B. were C. is D. are 　　12. The man _____ was here just now is a doctor. 　　A. whom B. who C. / D. he 　　13. The boy _____ has two lovely dogs. 　　A. who live next door B. which lives next door 　　C. whom lives next door D. that lives next door 　　14. Those _____ made no mistakes in today"s exercises please raise your hands. 　　A. which B. whom C. that D. who 　　15. Don"t go in, this is the shop _____ we have just been _____. 　　A. /, to B. that, / C. where, to D. which, there 　　16. He is the most careful boy _____ I know. 　　A. what B. which C. as D. / 　　17. This is the school _____ Mr. Smith once taught. 　　A. in that B. when C. where D. there 　　18. Have you visited the house _____ the famous scientist was born? 　　A. where B. in that C. that D. which 　　19. The factory _____ Mr. Li used to work was closed last week. 　　A. when B. where C. that D. which 　　20. Do you still remember the day _____ we first met? 　　A. that B. when C. what D. on that 　　21. The first time ___ I saw Premier Zhou was in 1958. 　　A. when B. where C. which D. that 　　22. October 1, 1949 is the day _____ we"ll never forget. 　　A. when B. that C. where D. in which 　　23. October 1, 1949 was the day _____ the People"s Republic of China was founded. A. which B. when C. where D. in which 　　24. Is this the shop _____ sells children"s clothing? 　　A. which B. where C. in which D. what 　　25. Is this museum _____ they visited last month? 　　A. that B. which C. where D. the one 　　26. I still remember the sitting-room _____ my mother and I used to sit in the evening. 　　A. what B. which C. that D. where 　　27. Did you tell your mother all ___ you had seen on the way home? 　　A. what B. why C. that D. which 　　28. It"s one of the most important meetings ___ this years. 　　A. that has been held B. which has been held 　　C. that have been held D. which have held 　　29. Do you know who lives in the building ___ there is a well? 　　A. in front of it B. in front of whose 　　C. in front of which D. in the front of which 　　30. I"ll never forget the day ___ I joined the League. 　　A. on which B. which C. in which D. at which 　　31. She showed her new watch to my wife, ___ was kept in a box. 　　A. who B. which C. that D. it 　　32. She had three sons, all ___ became doctors. 　　A. who B. whom C. of them D. of whom 　　33. This is the new type of plane ___ parts are made of plastics. 　　A. that B. what C. which D. whose 　　34. ___ is known to all, China is a developing country, belonging to the third world. 　　A. It B. That C. As D. Which 　　35. Is this the leaning tower ___ Galileo did experiment centuries ago? 　　A. that B. where C. which D. when 　　二．将下列两句话合并成一句. 　　1. I can"t find the book.. I bought a book yesterday. 　　______________________________________________________________ 　　2. The girl is my sister. The girl is standing on the stage. 　　______________________________________________________________ 　　3. The West Lake lies in Hangzhou. The West Lake is one of the most famous lakes in China. 　　______________________________________________________________ 　　4. I don"t know that boy. The boy is in blue shirt. 　　______________________________________________________________ 　　5. My brother likes the singers. The singers write their own music. 　　______________________________________________________________ 　　6. The cat is mine. The cat is playing with a ball. 　　______________________________________________________________ 　　答案： 　　一） 　　1-5 A C A B A 　　6-10 B B C A D 　　11-15 A B D D A 　　16-20 D C A B B 　　21-25 D B B A D 　　26-30 D C C C A 　　31-35 B D D C B 　　（二） 　　1. I can"t find the book that/which/ / I bought yesterday. 　　2. The girl who/that is standing on the stage is my sister. 　　3. The West Lake is one of the most famous lakes in China that lies in Hangzhou. 　　4. I don"t know the boy who/that is in blue shirt. 　　5. My brother likes the singers who/that write their own music. 　　6. The cat which/that is playing with a ball is mine. 　　九年级定语从句讲解 　　定语从句 　　一. 定语从句的功用和结构 　　在复合句中，修饰某一名词或代词的从句叫做定语从句（以下简称定从）。被定从句修饰的.词叫做先行词。定从必须放在先行词之后。引导定从的关联词有关系代词that, which, who, whom, whose和关系副词when, where, why。含定从的复合句的基本结构为：先行词+关系词+定从。 　　二. 关系代词和关系副词的功用：关系代词和关系副词用来引导定从，在先行词和定从之间起纽带作用，使二者联系起来。关系代词和关系副词又在定从中充当一个成分。关系代词做主语，宾语，定语，关系副词可作状语。 　　1. 作主语：关系代词在定从中作主语时，从句的谓语动词的人称和数须和先行词一致。I don"t like people who talk much but do little. 　　2. 作宾语： She is the person that I met at the school gate yesterday. 　　3. 作定语：关系代词whose在定从中作定语用。例如： 　　The girl whose father is a teacher studies very hard. 　　4. 作状语： This is the house where I was born.

　　大学定语从句讲解 　　定语从句(Attributive Clauses)在句中做定语，修饰一个名词或代词，有时也可以修饰部分或整个句子。 　　被修饰的名词，词组或代词即先行词。定语从句通常出现在先行词之后，由关系词(关系代词或关系副词)引出。 　　关系代词有：who, whom, whose, that, which, as。 　　关系副词有：when, where, why, how。 　　关系代词和关系副词放在先行词和定语从句之间，起连接作用，同时又可做定语从句的一个成分。当关系代词做宾语时可以省略。 　　定语从句中的谓语动词必须在人称上和数量上和先行词保持一致。 　　定语从句分为限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句。 　　1 、关系代词引导的定语从句 　　1) who, whom, that 这些词代替的先行词是人的名词或代词，在从句中所起作用如下： 　　Is he the man who/that wants to see you?(who/that在从句中作主语) 　　He is the man whom/ that I saw yesterday.(whom/that在从句中作宾语) 　　2) whose 用来指人或物，(只用作定语，若指物，它还可以同of which互换)，例如： 　　Please pass me the book whose (of which) cover is green. 　　3) which, that 它们所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可作主语、宾语等，例如： 　　A prosperity which / that had never been seen before appears in the countryside.(which / that在句中作宾语) 　　The package (which / that) you are carrying is about to come unwrapped. (which / that在句中作宾语) 　　关系代词that和which 都可以指物，that 和Who 都可以指人，其用法区别： 　　不用that的情况： 　　a) 在引导非限定性定语从句时 　　(错)The tree, that is four hundred years old, is very famous here. 　　b) 介词后不能用 　　We depend on the land from which we get our food. 　　c) 多用who 的情况 　　①关系代词在从句中做主语 　　A friend who helps you in time of need is a real friend. 　　②先行词为those, people 时 　　Those who were either fools or unfit for their offices could not see the cloth. 　　③先行词为all, anyone, ones, one 指人时 　　One who doesn"t work hard will never succeed in his work. 　　④在There be句型中 　　There is a stranger who wants to see you. 　　⑤在被分隔的`定语从句中 　　A new teacher will come tomorrow who will teach you German. 　　⑥在有两个定语从句的句子中，其一用who，其二用that,但若先行词后接两个以上的并列定语从句时，后一个必须重复前一个关系代词。 　　The student who was praised at the meeting is the monitor that is very modest and studies very hard. 　　There is a teacher who is always ready to help others and who enjoys what he does. 　　2) 只能用that作为定语从句的关系代词的情况 　　a)在不定代词，如：anything, nothing, everything, all, much, few, any, little等作先行词时，只用that，不用which。 　　All that is needed is a supply of oil. 　　Finally, the thief handed everything that he had stolen to the police. 　　b)先行词有the only, the very, the just修饰时，只用that。 　　He is the very man that helped the girl out of the water. 　　c)先行词为序数词(the last)、数词、形容词最高级时，只用that。 　　The first English book that I read was "The Prince and the Pauper" by Mark Twin. 　　d)先行词既有人，又有物时。 　　He talked about the teachers and schools that he visited. 　　e)当主句是以who 或which 开始的特殊疑问句时，用that 以避免重复。 　　Who is the person that is standing at the gate. 　　f)关系代词在从句中做表语 　　He is not the man that he used to be. 　　2 、关系副词引导的定语从句 　　关系副词可代替的先行词是时间、地点、方式或理由的名词，在从句中作状语。 　　关系副词when, where, why, how的含义相当于"介词+ which"结构，因此常常和"介词+ which"结构交替使用，例如： 　　There are occasions when (on which) one must yield. 　　Beijing is the place where (in which) I was born. 　　Is this the reason why (for which) he refused our offer? 　　I"m surprised the way how (by which) he works out the problem. 　　注意： 　　①在非限制性定语从句中，"介词+ which"结构不能代替关系副词。 　　如：They set up a state for their own , where they would be free to keep Negroes as slaves. 　　②含有介词短语的动词一般不能拆开，介词仍放在动词后面。 　　Is this the book which (that) she was looking for? 　　3、名词/数词/代词 /形容词最高级 + 介词 + 关系代词引导定语从句 　　She has written a book , the name of which I have forgotten. 　　There are fifty-five students in our class , all of whom are working hard. 　　There are five continents in the world , the largest of which is Asia. 　　4、as, which 引导非限定性定语从句的差别 　　由as, which 引导的非限定性定语从句，as和which可代整个主句，相当于and this或and that。As一般放在句首，which在句中。 　　As we know, smoking is harmful to one"s health. 　　The sun heats the earth, which is very important to us. 　　as可引导非限制性从句，常带有“正如”的意思。 　　As is know, smoking is harmful to one"s health. 　　用法区别： 　　(1) as 引导的定语从句可置于句首，而which不可。 　　As we all know, he never smokes. 　　(2) as 代表前面的整个主句并在从句中作主语时，从句中的谓语必须是系动词;若为行为动词，则从句中的关系代词只能用which。 　　(3)非限定性定语从句中出现expect, think, suppose 等表示猜测、想象、预料等时。 　　She succeeded in her doing the research work , as we expected. 　　(4)As 的用法 the same… as; such…as 中的as 是一种固定结构, 和……一样……。 　　I should like to use the same tool as is used here. 　　We should have such a dictionary as he is using. 　　定语从句语法专项练习习题精选 　　用适当的关系词填空： 　　1. I still remember the night _______I first came to the house. 　　2. I"ll never forget the day________ we met each other last week. 　　3. Mr Black is going to Beijing in October, _______is the best season there. 　　4. I will never forget the days _______I spent with your family. 　　5. I"ll never forget the last day______ we spent together. 　　6. This is the school ______I used to study. 　　7. Do you still remember the place______ we visited last week? 　　8. Do you still remember the place_______ we visited the painting exhibition? 　　9. Have you ever been to Hangzhou,_____is famous for the West Lake? 　　10. Have you ever bee to Hangzhou, ______lies the West Lake? 　　11. Tom will go to Shanghai,______live his two brothers. 　　12. I live in Beijing,____is the capital of China. 　　13. There was a time ______there were slaves in the USA. 　　14. It is the third time ______you have made the same mistake. 　　15. It was in the street _____I met John yesterday. 　　16. It was about 600 years ago____the first clock with a face and an hour hand was made. 　　17. The moment _____I saw you, I recognized(认出)you. 　　18. This is the very novel about____we"ve talked so much. 　　19. This is the way____he did it. 　　20. Who is the student _____was late for school today? 　　21. Who _____knows him wants to make friends with him? 　　22. What else was there in my brother____you didn"t like? 　　23. He lives in the room____window faces to the south. 　　24. He lives in the room, the window_____faces to the south. 　　25. This is Mr. John for____son I brought a book yesterday. 　　26. This is Mr. John for_____I bought a book yesterday. 　　27. This is the hour_____the place is always full of women and children. 　　28. And there is one point ______I"d like your advice. 　　29. Winter is the time of year______the days are short and nights are long. 　　30. I hope you will find this valley a beautiful place____you may spend your weekend. 　　KEYS: 　　1. when 2. when 3. which 4. that/which 5. that 　　6. where 7. that/which 8. where 9. which 10. where 　　11. where 12. which 13. when 14. that 15. that 　　16. that 17. (that) 18. which 19. (that/in which) 20.that 　　21.that 22 that 23.whose 24. of which 25. whose 　　26. whom 27. when 28. that 29. that 30. where

　　　　在复合句中，修饰某一名词或代词的从句叫定语从句。被修饰的名词或代词叫先行词，定语从句一般放在先行词的后面。 　　　　二、定语从句的关系词 　　　　引导定语从句的关系词有关系代词和关系副词，常见的关系代词包括that， which， who（宾格whom，所有格whose）等，关系副词包括where， when， why等。关系代词和关系副词放在先行词及定语从句之间起连接作用，同时又作定语从句的重要成分。 　　　　三、定语从句的分类 　　　　根据定语从句与先行词的关系，定语从句可分为限制性定语从句及非限制性定语从句。限制性定语从句紧跟先行词，主句与从句不用逗号分开，从句不可省去，非限制性定语从句主句与从句之间有逗号分开，起补充说明作用，如省去，意思仍完整。 　　　　四、关系代词的用法 　　　　1. that 既可以用于指人，也可以用于指物。在从句中作主语或宾语，作主语时不可省略，作宾语可省略。例如： 　　　　Mary likes music that is quiet and gentle.玛丽喜欢轻柔的音乐。（that作主语） 　　　　The coat （that） I put on the desk is blue.我放在桌子上的那件外套是蓝色的。（that作宾语） 　　　　2.which用于指物，在句中作主语或宾语，作主语不可省略，作宾语可省略。例如： 　　　　The building which stands near the train station is a supermarket.位于火车站附近的那座大楼是一家超市。（作主语） 　　　　The film （which） we saw last night was wonderful. 我们昨天晚上看的那部电影很好看。（作宾语） 　　　　3.who， whom用于指人，who 用作主语，whom用作宾语。在口语中，有时可用who代替whom，也可省略。例如： 　　　　The girl who often helps me with my English is from England.经常在英语方面帮助我的那个女孩是英国人。（作主语） 　　　　Who is the teacher （whom） Li Ming is talking to？正在与李明谈话的老师是谁？（作宾语） 　　　　注意：（1）当定语从句中含有介词，介词放在句末时，who， that， which可省略，但介词在关系代词前时，只能用“介词+which/whom”结构。例如： 　　　　This is the house in which we lived last year.这是我们去年居住的房子。 　　　　Please tell me from whom you borrowed the English novel.请告诉我你从谁那借的这本英文小说。 　　　　（2）含有介词的固定动词词组中，介词不可前置，只能放在原来的位置上。例如： 　　　　This is the person whom you are looking for. 这就是你要找的那个人。 　　　　（3）that 作介词的宾语时，介词不能放它的前面，只能放在从句中动词的后面。例如： 　　　　The city that she lives in is very far away.她居住的城市非常远。 　　　　（4）关系词只能用that的情况： 　　　　a. 先行词被序数词或形容词级所修饰，或本身是序数词、基数词、形容词级时，只能用that，而不用which.例如： 　　　　He was the first person that passed the exam. 他是第一个通过考试的人。 　　　　b.被修饰的先行词为all， any， much， many， everything， anything， none， the one等不定代词时，只能用that，而不用which.例如： 　　　　Is there anything that you want to buy in the shop？你在商店里有什么东西要买吗？ 　　　　c.先行词被the only， the very， the same， the last， little， few 等词修饰时，只能用that，而不用which.例如： 　　　　This is the same bike that I lost.这就是我丢的那辆自行车。 　　　　d. 先行词里同时含有人或物时，只能用that， 而不用which.例如： 　　　　I can remember well the persons and some pictures that I saw in the room.我能清楚记得我在那个房间所见到的人和一些照片。 　　　　e.以who或which引导的特殊疑问句，为避免重复，只能用that.例如： 　　　　Who is the girl that is crying？ 正在哭泣的那个女孩是谁？ 　　　　f.主句是there be 结构，修饰主语的定语从句用that，而不用which.例如： 　　　　There is a book on the desk that belongs to Tom. 桌子上那本书是汤姆的。 　　　　（5）关系词只能用which，而不用that 的情况： 　　　　a.先行词为that， those时，用which， 而不用that.例如： 　　　　What"s that which is under the desk？ 在桌子底下的那些东西是什么？ 　　　　b.关系代词前有介词时，一般用which，而不用that.例如： 　　　　This is the room in which he lives. 这是他居住的房间。 　　　　c.引导非限制性定语从句，用which， 而不用that.例如： 　　　　Tom came back， which made us happy. 汤姆回来了，这使我们很高兴。 　　　　五、关系副词的用法 　　　　（1）when指时间，其先行词表示时间，在句中作时间状语。例如： 　　　　This was the time when he arrived.这是他到达的时间。 　　　　（2）where指地点，其先行词表示地点，在句中作地点状语。例如： 　　　　This is place where he works.这是他工作的地点。 　　　　（3）why 指原因，其先行词是原因，起原因状语作用。例如： 　　　　Nobody knows the reason why he is often late for school. 没人知道他为什么上学总迟到。 　　 　　单项填空。 　　　　1. -Do you know the man ______is talking with your father？ 　　　　-Yes， he"s our headmaster. 　　　　A. he B. who C. which D. whom 　　　　2. Is this the river _____I can swim？ 　　　　A. which B. in which C. that D. the one 　　　　3. This is the best hotel in the city _____I know. 　　　　A. where B. which C. that D. it 　　　　4. Can you lend me the dictionary ______the other day？ 　　　　A. that you bought B. you bought it 　　　　C. that you bought it D. which you bought it 　　　　5. Anyone ______with what I said may put up you hands. 　　　　A. which agrees B. who agree 　　　　C. who agrees D. which agree 　　　　6. My watch is not the only thing ______ is missing. 　　　　A. that B. it C. which who 　　　　7. The man ______coat is black is waiting at the gate 　　　　A. who"s B. whose C. that of which. 　　　　8. The girl ______ is reading under the tree _____my sister. 　　　　A. which； is B. whom； was C. who； is D. who； was 　　　　9. I love places ______the people are really friendly. 　　　　A. that B. which C. where D. who 　　　　10. The world ______ is made up of matter. 　　　　A. in that we live B. on which we live 　　　　C. where we live in D. we live in 　　　　Ⅱ. 用适当的关系代词that， which， who， whom填空。 　　　　1. The first thing ______you must do is to have a meal. 　　　　2. April 1st is the day _____is called April Fool"s Day in the west. 　　　　3. The family _____had lost everything in a big fire got much help from their friends. 　　　　4. The house _____we live in is very old. 　　　　5. Didn"t you see the man ______I talked with just now？ 　　　　参考答案： 　　　　I. 1-5BBCAC 6-10 ABCCD 　　　　Ⅱ. 1. that 2. which / that 3. who / that 4. that / which 5. who/ whom/ that

nqkwcnehcnece.

定语从句一、【知识网络】用来说明主句中某一名词或代词（有时也可说明整个主句或主句中一部分）而起定语作用的句子叫作定语从句。一、关系代词引导的定语从句1. 关系代词用来指代先行词是人或物的名词或代词句子成分　 用于限制从句或非限制性从句　　 只用于限制性从句代替人 代替物　　　　　　代替人或物主语　 Who　　　　　　　 which　　　　　　　 that主语　 Whom　　　　　　　which　　　　　　　 that宾语　 Whose（=of whom） whose（=of which）This is the detective who came from London. The book which I am reading is written by Tomas Hardy.The desk whose leg is broken is very old. This is the room that Shakespeare was born in.2.关系代词的用法（1）如果先行词是all，much，anything，something，nothing，everything，little，none等不定代词，关系代词一般只用that，不用which.例如：All the people that are present burst into tears.（2）如果先等词被形容词最高级以及first，last，any，only，few，mush，no，some，very等词修饰，关系代词常用that，不用which，who，或whom.例如：（3）非限制性定语从句中，不能用关系代词that，作宾语用的关系代词也不能省略。例如：There are about seven million people taking part in the election，most of whom、are well educated.（4）which还有一种特殊用法，它可以引导从句修饰前面的整个主句，代替主句所表示的整体概念或部分概念。在这种从句中，which可以作主语，也可以作宾语或表语，多数情况下意思是与and this 相似，并可以指人。例如：He succeeded in the competition，which made his parents very happy.（5）that可指人或物，在从句中作表语，（指人作主语时多用who）仅用于限制性定语从句中。（6）which可作表语，既可指人，以可指物。指人时，一般指从事某种职业或是有种特征。品性或才能的人。Which引导的定语从句可以限制性的，也可以是非限制性的。（7）如果作先作词的集体名词着眼于集体的整体，关系代词用which；若是指集体中的各个成员，则用who.（8）先行词有两个，一个指人，一个指物，关系代词应该用that.例如：The boy and the dog that are in the picture are very lovely.（9）如果先行词是anyone，anybody，everyone，everybody，someone，somebody，关系代词应该用 who 或whom，不用which.例如：Is there anyone here who will go with you？3.“介词＋关系代词”是一个普遍使用的结构（1）“介词＋关系代词”可以引导限制性定语从句，也可以引导非限制性定语从句。“介词＋关系代词”结构中的介词可以是 in，on，about，from，for，with，to at，of，without 等，关系代词只可用whom或 which，不可用that .（2）from where为“介词＋关系副词”结构，但也可以引导定语从句。例如：We stood at the top of the hill，from where we can see the town…（3）像listen to，look at，depend on，pay attention to，take careof等固定短语动词，在定语从句中一般不宜将介词与动词分开。例如：This is the boy whom she has taken care of.二、关系副词引导的定语从句1.关系副词也可以引导定语从句关系副词在从句中分别表示时间。地点或原因。关系副词when在从句中充当时间状语，where 充当地点状语，why充当原因状语。2. that可引导定语从句表示时间。地点或原因That有时可以代替关系副词 when，where 或者why引导定语从句表示时间。地点或原因，在that引导的这种定语从句中，that也可以省去。三、限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句1.二者差异比较限制定语从句紧跟先行词，同先行词这间一般不加逗号，仅修饰先行词，可以由关系代词。关系副词或that来引导。非限制性定语从句仅作补充或说明，用逗号与主句隔开，既可修饰先行词，又可修饰整个主句，不可用that引导。2.关系代词和关系副词的选择依据（1） 弄清代替先行词的关系词在从句中作什么成分，作状语的应选用关系副词，作主语。宾语或表语的可选用关系代词。3.先行词与定语从句隔离定语从句一般紧跟在先行词之后，但定语从句与先行词之间有时也会插入别的成分，构成先行词与定语从句的隔离。例如：1）This is the article written by him that Is poke to you about……2）He was the only person in this country who was invited四、as在定语从句中的用法1. 引导限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句（1）as多与such 或the same连用，可以代替先行词是人或物的名词。（2）as 也可单独使用，引导非限制性定语从句，作用相当于which.例如：The elephant"s nose is like a snake，as anybody can see.（3）the same--- that与 the same ---as在意思上是不同的。2.as引导的非限制性定语从句的位置as引导的非限制性定语从句位置较灵活，可以位于主句前面。中间或后面，一般用逗号与主句隔开，但which所引导的非限制性定语从句只能放在主句之后。例如：（1）As is expected，the England team won the football match.（2）The earth runs around the sun，as is known by everyone.3.as, which的比较1).在非限制性定语从句中，均可替代整个主句或句中某个部分，在从句中作主语，宾语，表语．如从句在主句之后，两者皆可用They failed in the exam, as/which is natural.She seems a scientist, as/which in fact she is.Grammar is not a set of dead rules, which/as I have said before.2).如从句在主句之前，用asAs we all know, his parents were killed in this war.As is known to all, the earth travels around the sun.3).如关系代词代表主句全句意思，有“正如．．．”“就象．．．”之意时，用asWe won the match, as we had expected. He agreed to the plan, as was to be expected.4). 当先行项被the same, such, so修饰时，用asThis is the same book as you bought yesterday.同类书 (比较：This is thesame book that you bought yesterday.同一本书)Don"t believe in such men as praise you to your face.I never give my students so difficult a question as no one can work out.5). 当从句内容对主句内容起消极作用，则用whichThe young man cheated his friend out of much money, which was disgraced.6). as 也可以用来引导非限制性定语从句， 用来指待一件事，这时它的位置可以放在句首、句中和句尾。He is an American, as/which we know from his accent. As we know from his accent, he is an American.He, as we know from his accent, is an American. As has been said above, grammar is not a set of dead rules.Grammar, as has been said above, is not a set of rules.Grammar is not a set of dead rules, as/which has been said above.正如: As everyone knows, as you may still remember, as you said, as Ican see, as has been mentioned above, as you may have heard, and etc.【主要考点】考点一:that 与which 的区别只用that的情况:1. 先行词为all, little, much, everything, nothing, something, anything等不定代词2.先行词被all, little, much, every, no, 等修饰时。3.先行词被序数词或最高级修饰先行词前有序数词(the first),形容词最高级(the best), theLast，the very, the only 等时。4. 先行词为人和物的组合5.若主句中有疑问代词 who 或者 which，为了避免重复, 关系代词不要再用 who, which，而用 that。只用which的情况:1,逗号后面 2,介词后面考点二:介词+关系代词提醒: 介词﹢关系代词引导的定语从句, 关键是判断介词的选择.方法一:根据从句中动词与先行词习惯搭配 方法二:根据从句中动词与先行词的逻辑关系注意：关系代词在定语从句中作介词宾语时，从句常常由“介词+关系代词”引出。此时关系代词只能用which 或 whom; 不可用that 或who 代替，但遇固定词组时，介词一般紧跟词组主体，不作前置 ，Is this the book (which/that) you are looking for ?考点三 Whose 用法及转换形式1. whose引导定语从句，其后应紧跟名词，构成名词短语。That"s the child whose father is a teacher2.whose引导定语从句，其先行词不仅可以指人，还可以指物。Do you know the woman whose husband is a doctor? This is a book whose cover is green.3. whose的先行词指物时, 可用of which代替, 但词序不同，即whose+名词=the +n + of which=of which + the + n.He lives in the room whose window faces south.= He lives in the room, the window of which faces south.= He lives in the room, of which the window faces south考点四：as与which引导的定语从句两者均可引导非限制性定语从句，有时可以互换，但下列情况多用as。1. 当与such或as 连用时，一般用as。2. as 引导的从句可以放在句首, as 本身有“正如…..正象…”之意，与之连用的词有 know, see, expect, announce, point out 等。e.g. As we all know, the earth is round.考点五: that 与who的区别在anyone, those, he/she/I / they作先行词时, 用”who” 代替 “that”.Anyone _____breaks the law is punished. Those _____ break the law are punished.He _____ breaks the law is punished.考点六:如何判断用关系副词还是关系代词?I will never forget the day when I first went to school. I will never forget the day that we spent in Beijing.The house which we visited is being repaired now. The house where Luxun once lived is being repaired now.考点七:定语从句中主谓一致问题定语从句中的动词在人称和数方面应该与它的先行词保持一致。1.I am not one who __is____afraid of difficulty． 2.Don‘t choose me, who ____am___not fit for this job．考点八：以抽象地点(mark, situation, case, point, scene, business，occasion等)作先行词的定语从句中关系词一般用where，occasion作先行词时也可以用when.

　　要学定语从句，得知道什么是定语。定语是用来限定、修饰名词或代词的。例如，a good book, good就是定语。那么复合句中修饰名词或代词的从句就叫做定语从句。定语从句由关系代词或关系副词引导，相当于形容词，在句中作定语。被定语从句修饰的词叫先行词，定语从句一般放在先行词的后面。 　　引导定语从句的关联词称为关系词，关系词有关系代词和关系副词。关系代词有that, which, who, whom, whose等，绝对没有what;关系副词有where, when, why,how等。关系词放在先行词和定语从句之间，起连接作用，同时又作定语从句的某个成分。 　　一、关系代词引导的定语从句 　　1、由who, whom, that，Whose引导的从句 　　这些词代替的先行词是人的名词或代词，who作主语指人，whom作宾语指人，that既可作主语又可作宾语(作宾语可以省略)，可以指人也可以指物。Whose 用来指人或物，只用作定语。 　　(1) Is he the man who/that wants to see you? 他是那个想见你的男人吗?(who/that在从句中作主语) 　　(2) He is the man whom/ that I saw yesterday. 他就是我昨天见的那个人。(whom/that在从句中作宾语) 　　(3) The man whom you spoke to just now is our English teacher 你刚刚说话的那个男人是我们的英语老师 　　(4) he man whose son is a doctor is our professor. 那个儿子是医生的男人是我们的教授。 　　2、由which, that引导的从句 　　它们所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可作主语、宾语等，作宾语时可以省略，例如： 　　(1) Prosperity which / that had never been seen before appears in the countryside. 农村出现了前所未有的繁荣。(which / that在从句中作主语) 　　(2) The package (which / that) you are carrying is about to come unwrapped. 你拿那个包裹快要散开了。(which / that在从句中作宾语) 　　注意： 代表物时多用which，但在下列情况中用that而不用which： 　　a)先行词是anything, everything, nothing , none等不定代词时; 　　b)先行词由every, any, all, some, no, little, few, much等修饰时，这时的that常被省略; 　　c)先行词前有序数词或被形容词最高级修饰时; 　　d)先行词中既有人又有物时; 　　e)整个句中前面已有which，who,that时; 　　f)当先行词为物并作表语时; 　　g)先行词为one时; 　　h)先行词同时又被the only,the very,the same修饰时; 　　二、关系副词引导的定语从句 　　1、when指时间在定语从句中做时间状语也可做连接词用 　　I still remember the day when I first came to the school. 　　2、where指地点在定语从句中做地点状语 　　 Shanghai is the city where I was born. 　　3、why指原因在定语从句中做原因状语 ，用在reason 后面。 Please tell me the reason why you missed the plane. 　　常见考法 　　对于定语从句的考查，多以单选的形式考查学生灵活运用的能力。一般情况下，常从关系词的意义和功能的角度考查，重点是that,which,who引导的定语从句。 　　典型例题：You"re the only person ______I"ve ever met ______could do it. 　　A. who B. whom C. whom D. who 　　解析：先行词person后有两个定语从句,第一个从句省略了关系代词whom.因为, whom作从句中met的宾语,可以省略.第二个从句who could do it.who在从句中作主语,不可省略. 　　答案：D 　　误区提醒 　　当表示时间或地点的名词作先行词时，要判断出它们在从句中作状语还是主语或宾语。作状语时用关系副词，反之用关系代词。 　　典型例题：I can never forget the day _______ we worked together and the day ______ we spent together. 　　A. when; which B. which; when C. what; that D. on which; when 　　解析：. 两个先行词the day都是表示时间的名词,但第一个空白处要填的关系词在从句中作状语,因此要用关系副词when. 第二个空白处要填的关系词在从句中作动词spent的宾语,因此要用关系代词which或that来引导定语从句. 　　答案：A 　　上述是对定语从句的详细讲解，有不懂得可以参考等更多相关知识的学习! 　　初中英语语法大全：动词的种类 　　关于英语中动词的种类知识，希望同学们很好的掌握下面的内容学习。 　　动词的种类 　　动词是表示动作或状态的词，按其词义和在句子中的作用可分为行为动词，连系动词，助动词和情态动词。 　　1.行为动词 　　行为动词可分为及物动词 (vt)和不及物动词(vi)，及物动词表示动作或状态，有完整的词义，能单独作谓语，后跟宾语;不及物动词表示动作或状态，有完整的词义，能单独作谓语，但后面不能直接跟宾语，如要带宾语则与介词或副词构成短语。 　　如： 　　More and more people study English.(vt) 　　The students are listening to the teacher carefully.(vi) 　　2.连系动词 　　连系动词本身有一定的词义，但不能独立作谓语，必须与表语一起构成谓语。常用的连系动词有 be, get, turn, become, look, feel, grow, seem, sound, taste, smell等。 　　如： 　　Our country is becoming stronger and stronger. 　　It feels damp. 　　3.助动词 　　助动词本身无词义，不能单独作谓语，只能和主要动词一起构成谓语动词，表示否定，疑问及动词的时态、语态、人称和数等语法特征，助动词有 be,do,have,shall,will等。 　　如： 　　How do you usually come to school? 　　The children are playing yo-yo now. 　　4.情态动词 　　情态动词本身有一定的意义，但不能独立作谓语，只能和主要动词原形一起构成谓语，表示说话人的语气和情态。情态动词没有人称和数的变化。情态动词有 can (could),may(might),must, need, ought to, dare等。 　　如： 　　Can I help you?

定语从句是在句子中起形容词作用的主谓结构名词性从句包括主语从句、表语从句、宾语从句和同位语从句。[解题过程]定语从句是在句子中起形容词作用的主谓结构，通常修饰它前面的名词或代词，即它的 先行词。定语从句是由关系代词和关系副词引导的。 1.关系代词引导的定语从句 ⑴引导定语从句的关系代词有：who,whom,whose,which,that。 ⑵关系代词在从句作主语、宾语、定语和表语的作用；当作宾语时，关系代词常常可省 略。如： This is the girl(whom)you"ve been looking for. ⑶当定语从句所修饰的先行词是人或人格化的动物时，引导词用who,whom或whose； 如果先行词是无生命的东西，用关系代词which；而that可用于以上两种情况。 The man who robbed you has been arrested. Which还可以指婴儿、动物和表示单数意义的集合名词，如： The baby(which) the nurse brought in was Mary"s child. ⑷关系代词that和which的语法区别 当先行词的前面有形容词的最高级修饰时，通常用that而不用which。如： The final match is one of the most exciting football games that I have ever seen. 当定语从句所修饰的先行词的前面有all,any,little,only,much等修饰时，或者这些先行 词本身就是all,one,little,much,nothing等不定代词时，通常用that而不用which。 I am interested in all that you have told me. 当定语从句作介词的宾语时，只能使用which而不用that。 The world in which we live is in constant motion and in constant change. 当定语从句是与代词、数词或名词词组连用引导非限定性定语从句时，只能使用which 而不用that。 I bought a dozen eggs, five of which broke when I dropped the box at my door. 当先行词的前面有the+only(first,last,same,next,very)等词修饰时，通常用that而不用 which。 This is the very movie that I want to see. 当被用来指代整个句子，引导非限定性定语从句时，只能使用which而不是that。 Things then improved,which surprises me. 2.关系副词引导的定语从句 ⑴引导定语从句的关系副词有：when,where,why,how等。 ⑵关系副词when,where,why在从句中作状语时，可用“介词+which”来替代。如： The reason why(=forwhich) he is in hospital hasn"t been known yet. 3.限定性定语从句和非限定性定语从句 限定性定语从句与先行词关系密切，用来描述主句所涉及的人或物的具体情况，与主句 不可分割。这种从句在口语中前后没有停顿，在文字中前后没有逗号。 非限制性定语从句与先行词之间的关系比较松散，为主句所描绘的人或物提供一些附加 情况，并非绝对必要。这种从句在口语中有停顿，在文字中往往用逗号与主语隔开。 另外，非限定性定语从句可用which,who,whose,when,where等来引导，但不可以用that 来引导。如： The wine,which was in the cellar,was ruined.（非限定性） The wine which (that)was in the cellar was all ruined.（限定性） 在限定性定语从句中，关系代词有时可省略；但是在非限定性定语从句中，关系代词不 能省略。 名词性从句： 包括主语从句、表语从句、宾语从句和同位语从句。引导名词性从句的连词有：who; whom; whose; what; which ;when ;where; why ;how; that; if ;whether; whatever; whenever ; wherever; however 等。名词性从句注意事项： 从句的语序为陈述句；连词that不充当任何成分；what总是要充当主语、表语、宾语等。If和whether 的区别： if引导宾语从句和条件状语从句； whether引导主语从句、表语从句、宾语从句和同位语从句.（1） 主语从句： 用作主语的从句，叫主语从句。主语从句可以直接放在句首；也可用it作形式主语，而将从句放在句末。常见的用it作形式主语的复合结构：It is +名词＋that 从句； It is a fact(a pity, a shame, no wonder, good news…)that…It is+形容词＋that从句；It is necessary(strange, important, wonderful, possible , likely,…)that… 这类句中谓语动词多为（should）+动词原形。It is +过去分词＋that 从句； It is said (reported, decided, believed,..)that…It +不及物动词＋that 从句；It seems (happened, doesn"t matter , has turned out,…)that…What you need is more practice.(what在从句中作need的宾语)What is hard is to do good all one"s life and never do anything bad.（ what在从句中作主语）What he will be in the future is known to us.（what在从句中作be的表语）Who will go makes no difference.How this happened is not clear.Why he did that wasn"t quite clear.Whether she will join us won"t make too much difference .(此处不能用if)Whoever comes will be welcome.( whoever 在名词性从句中相当于anyone who )Whatever she did was right. （whatever 在名词性从句中相当于anything that）It is possible that I may not be able to come. （it是形式主语，真正的主语是划线部分） It doesn"t seem likely that she will be here.Isn"t it strange that he should have left without telling us?It occurred to me that he had forgotten to take his notebook with him.That we need more equipment is quite obvious.Has it been announced when the planes are to take off?(2) 表语从句： 用作表语的从句叫表语从句。 它位于连系动词（如be，seem，remain 等后）The question is whether we should accept their invitation.The city is no longer what it used to be.This is why we put off the meeting. （why表结果） That is because he was ill. (because表原因)The reason for his absence was that he was ill.(此处不能用because代替that . 句型： The reason …is that…)As if 引导的表语从句有时可用虚拟语气，表示可能性小。 He acted as if he hadn"t eaten for a long time.表示建议，命令，要求一类的表语从句要用虚拟语气：My suggestion is that you should practise reading English every day.(3) 宾语从句： 作宾语的从句叫宾语从句。作动词的宾语： He don"t know where the post office is.在动词suggest, order, demand, require等表示建议，命令，要求的宾语从句要用虚拟语气 (宾语从句的谓语用should+动词原形， should 可省略。）I suggested that you (should)start right now. 如果宾语从句后有宾语补足语，要用形式宾语it,而将从句放到补足语后面。I thought it strange that he didn"t pass the exam.在think, believe, suppose, expect等动词后的宾语从句中，如果从句谓语是否定含义，则不用否定形式，而将主句谓语动词think等变为否定形式。I don"t think you are right. 我想你是不对的。He doesn"t know where the post office is.在think, believe, imagine, suppose, guess, hope 等动词以及I"m afraid等后，可用so代替一个肯定的宾语从句，还可用not代替一个否定的宾语从句： Do you believe it will clear up?I believe so . (I don"t believe so./ I believe not.)作介词的宾语:Did she say anything about how we should do the work?That 引导的宾语从句只有在except, in, but, besides 等少数介词后偶尔可能用到。Your article is good except that it is too long.有时在介词和其宾语从句的中间加形式宾语it.I"ll see to it that everything is ready. 我将负责把一切准备好。作形容词的宾语：I"m afraid that I have made a mistake.当 if 和whether 引导宾语从句的区别，即用 whether不用if的情况：作介词宾语 It depends on whether it is fine.Whether +to do I ‘m not sure whether to leave this afternoon.. Whether or not He can not decide whether or not take the exam.作discuss 的宾语 We are discussing whether we will hold a meeting this weekend doubt 用于肯定句中，宾语从句可以用if 或whether 引导。I doubt if (whether)you will come for a visit tomorrow.doubt 用于否定句或疑问句中，宾语从句用 that 引导。He doesn"t doubt that his mother will give him a ride home for sure. (4) 同位语从句：同位语从句跟在一个名词后（如fact, idea, news, hope ,belief, thought, doubt, proof, belief 等），对其作进一步解释。I have no idea that you were here.He cant answer the question how he got the money.同位语从句和定语从句的区别：从意义上讲，前者对名词加以解释说明，后者对名词进行修饰限定。从结构上讲，前者由连接词引导，后者由关系词引导。从内涵上讲，前者所说明的名词与从句没有逻辑关系，that不可省略。后者所限定的名词是从句逻辑上的主语、宾语、表语、定语、状语等。当被限定的名词是从句逻辑上的宾语时，that 可省略） The news that they won the match is true. (同位语从句,news 和从句没有逻辑关系, that 不可省略) The news that you told us yesterday is true. （ 定语从句，news 是told 的逻辑宾语,that可省略）

为大家整理的中考英语定语从句的考点讲解和训练，供大家学习参考！ 【考点扫描】 　　中考对定语从句的考查主要集中在以下几个方面： 　　1. 定语从句的功用和结构 　　2. 关系代词和关系副词的功用 　　3. 各个关系代词和关系副词的具体用法 　　考查的主要形式是单项填空、完型填空、短文填空和完成句子。阅读理解和书面表达肯定也要用到定语从句。 　　【精讲】 　　一. 定语从句的功用和结构 　　在复合句中，修饰某一名词或代词的从句叫做定语从句。被定从句修饰的词叫做先行词。定语从句必须放在先行词之后。引导定语从句的关联词有关系代词和关系副词。例如： 　　This is the present that he gave me for my birthday. 　　Do you know everybody who came to the party? 　　I still remember the night when I first came to the village? 　　This is the place where Chairman Mao once lived. 　　二. 关系代词和关系副词的功用 　　关系代词和关系副词用来引导定于从句，在先行词和定语从句之间起纽带作用，使二者联系起来。关系代词和关系副词又在定语从句中充当一个成分。关系待客做主语，宾语，定语，关系副词可作状语。 　　1. 作主语：关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句的谓语动词的人称和数须和先行词一致。例如： 　　I don"t like people who talk much but do little. 　　The cars which are produced in Hubei Province sell very well. 　　2. 作宾语： 　　She is the person that I met at the school gate yesterday. 　　The book that my grandmother gave me is called “The Great Escape”. 　　3. 作定语 　　关系代词whose在定语从句中作定语用。例如： 　　What"s the name of the young man whose sister is a doctor? 　　The girl whose father is a teacher studies very hard. 　　4. 作状语 　　I"ll never forget the day when I first came to Beijing. 　　This is the house where I was born. 　　三. 各个关系代词和关系副词的具体用法 　　1. who 指人，在定语从句中作主语。例如： 　　The person who broke the window must pay for it. 　　The boy who is wearing the black jacket is very clever. 　　2. whom指人，在定语从句中作宾语。例如： 　　Do you know the young man (whom) we met at the gate? 　　Mr Lee (whom) you want to see has come. 　　3. whose 指人，在定语从句中作定语。例如： 　　The girl whose mother is ill is staying at home today. 　　I know the boy whose father is a professor. 　　4. which指物，在定语从中作主语或宾语。例如： 　　A dictionary is a book which gives the meaning of words. 　　Here is the book (which) the teacher mentioned yesterday. 　　5. that多指物，有时也指人，在定语从句中作主语或宾语。例如： 　　I"ve read the newspaper that(which) carries the important news. 　　Who is the person that is reading the newspaper over there? 　　6. when 指时间，在定语从句中作状语。例如： 　　I"ll never forget the time when we worked on the farm. 　　He arrived in Beijing on the day when I left. 　　7. where 指地点，在定语从句中作状语。例如： 　　This is the house where we lived last year. 　　The factory where his father works is in the east of the city. 　　四. 关系代词 whom， which 在定语从句中作介词宾语时，可以和介词一起放于先行词与定语从句之间，有时为了关系紧凑也可以将 whom 与 which 与先行词紧挨着书写，而将介词置于定语从句的后面，如： 　　That was the room in which we had lived for ten years. = That was the room 　　which we had lived in for ten years. 　　五. 具体使用时还要注意下列问题： 　　1. 只能使用that,不用which 的情况： 　　(1) 先行词是all, few, little, nothing, everything, anything 等不定代词时。例如： 　　All that he said is true. 　　(2) 先行词被only, no, any, all,等词修饰时。例如： 　　He is the only foreigner that has been to that place. 　　(3) 先行词是序数词或被序数词修饰的词。例如： 　　He was the second (person) that told me the secret. 　　(4) 先行词是形容词级或被形容词级修饰的词。 　　This is the best book (that) I have read this year. 　　(5) 先行词既包括人又包括物时。例如： 　　He talked about the people and the things he remembered. 　　2. 只能用which，不用that 的情况： 　　(1) 在非限制性定语从中。例如： 　　The meeting was put off, which was exactly what we wanted. 　　(2) 定语从句由介词+关系代词引导，先行词是物时。例如： 　　The thing about which he is talking is of great importance. 　　【中考范例】 　　1. (2004年哈尔滨中考试题) 　　---Does the teacher know everybody _______ planted the trees? 　　---Yes, he does. 　　A. which B. whose C. where D. who 　　【解析】答案：D。该题考查的是引导定语从句的关系代词的选择。因为先行词是人，而关系代词又在定语从句中作主语，所以只有who合适。 　　2. (2004年常州市中考试题) 　　The letter _______ I received from him yesterday is very important. 　　A. who B. where C. what D. that 　　【解析】答案：D。该题考查的是定语从句的关系代词的选择。因为先行词是物，而关系代词在定语从句中作宾语，所以只有that合适。 　　3. (2004年扬州市中考试题) 　　---Where is the scientist ________ gave us the talk yesterday? 　　---He has gone back to Qinghua University. 　　A. whom B. who C. whose D. which 　　【解析】答案：B。该题考查的是引导定语从句的关系代词的选择。因为先行词是人，而关系代词又在定语从句中作主语，所以只有who合适。 　　4. (2004年益阳市中考试题) 　　I hate people _______ talk much but do little. 　　A. whose B. whom C. which D. who 　　【解析】答案：D。该题考查的是引导定语从句的关系代词的选择。因为先行词是人，而关系代词又在定语从句中作主语，所以只有who合适。 　　【满分演练】 　　一. 单项填空 　　1. ---Who is the man _______ was talking to our English teacher? 　　---Oh! It"s Mr Baker, our maths teacher. 　　A. he B. that C. whom D. which 　　2. I hate the people ________ don"t help others when they are in trouble. 　　A. who B. which C. they D. where 　　3. The foreigner _________ visited our school is from Canada. 　　A. which B. when C. who D. whom 　　4. George Mallory was an English school teacher _______ loved climbing. 　　A. who B. whom C. he D. which 　　5. This is the place _____I have ever visited. 　　A. there B. when C. where D. which 　　6. Nobody knows the reason ______ she didn"t come to the meeting. 　　A. that B. which C. why D. when 　　7. The moon is a world ______ there is no life. 　　A. that B. which C. where D. why 　　8. He has forgotten the day _______ he arrived. 　　A. when B. where C. that D. which 　　9. He still remembers the days ______ he spent with your family. 　　A. when B. where C. that D. on which 　　10. Mr. White, ______ car had been stolen, came to the policeman. 　　A. who B. that C. whose D. which 　　11. He got to the village _______ his family once lived before liberation. 　　A. that B. which C. when D. where 　　12. This is the house _______ I want to buy. 　　A. in which B. that C. whose D. where 　　13. This is the house _______ our beloved Premier Zhou once lived and worked. 　　A. which B. that C. when D. where 　　14. He didn"t tell me the place _______ he was born. 　　A. that B. which C. when D. where 　　15. He lived in a small village, ______ was a long way from the railway station. 　　A. that B. which C. where D. when 　　二. 用关系代词或关系副词将下列每对句子连成一个复合句 　　1. The boy is my younger brother. He was here a minute ago. 　　2. The old man is a professor. He teaches chemistry in a college. 　　3. Beijing Hotel is near Tian An Men Square. The foreign visitors live there. 　　4. The woman is here now. You were talking about her. 　　5. This is the hall. We listened to the report in it the other day. 　　6. The car was going 90 miles an hour. The car just passed us. 　　7. The man waved to us. The man was my uncle. 　　8. I enjoyed reading the book. You gave me a book last week. 　　9. I prefer the subject. The subject is science. 　　10. I spoke to the man. The man is a professor. 　　三. 用适当的关系代词或关系副词填空 　　1. The house _______ we live in is very big. 　　2. The boy ______ is wearing the black jacket is very clever. 　　3. This is the present _____ he gave me for my birthday. 　　4. The man _______ talked to you just now is an engineer. 　　5. He talked about the teachers and schools _______ he had visited. 　　6. There is nothing in the world _______ can frighten him. 　　7. She wears a gold ring, _______ is very uncommon in our class. 　　8. We visited a factory _______ makes toys for children. 　　9. Is this the place _______ your father once lived? 　　10. I"ll never forget the days _______ I joined the League. 　　【练习答案】 　　一. 1.B 2.A 3.C 4.A 5.D 6.C 7.C 8.A 9.C 10.C 11.D 12.B 13.D 14.D 15.B 　　二. 1.The boy who was here a minute ago is my younger brother. 　　2. The old man who teaches chemistry in a college is a professor. 　　3. Beijing Hotel where the foreign visitors live is near Tian An Men Square. 　　4. The woman whom you were talking about is here now. 　　5. This is the hall where we listened to the report the other day. 　　6. The car which just passed us was going 90 miles an hour. 　　7. The man who waved us was my uncle. 　　8. I enjoyed reading the book you gave me last week. 　　9. The subject I prefer is science. 　　10.The man I spoke to is a professor. 　　三. 1.that/ which 2.who/ that 3.that/ which 4.who/ that 5.that 6.that 7.which 8.which/ that 9.where 10.when

其实太多语法绕来绕去说也没意思1.先行词 在从句中由限定词必充当成分 2.搞明白从句是在形容什么 选择限定词就不会错 具体选择词义搭配两条足以英语中所谓从句就是几个形容词没法完整修饰一个词 要用句子来修饰 是一种非常好用的语法形式

定语从句分为限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句。who,whom,whose,that,which都是关系代词，在定语从句中可用作主语、宾语或定语等成分。现就该单元语法who,whom,whose,that和which引导的限制性定语从句进行讲解。一、who,whom引导的定语从句who和whom引导定语从句时，先行词必须是指人的名词或代词。who在从句中作主语或宾语等，口语中可用that代替who，作宾语时不能直接放在介词后面;whom在从句中作及物动词的宾语或介词宾语，口语中常可用who/that代替，也可省略;但在"介词+whom"引导定语从句时，不能用who/that代替，也不可省略，介词要依据从句中的谓语动词来确定。二、whose引导的定语从句关系代词whose是who的所有格形式,既可指人也可指物，whose后面应跟名词,即"whose+n."引导定语从句，也可用"the+n.+of+which"代替，引导定语从句起修饰限制名词、充当定语的作用。三、that引导的定语从句a.当先行词是指人或指物时，均可用关系代词that，指人可与who/whom互换，指物可与which互换，在从句中作主语或宾语等，作宾语时常省略。b.无论先行词是指人还是指物，that都不能放在介词后面作介词宾语。四、which引导的定语从句which引导定语从句时，其先行词通常指物，在句中作主语、宾语等，作宾语时常省略，也可跟在介词后面作介词宾语。我初二，看得很明白。你不明白再问哦^-^8

英语中六大从句用法总结 1.主语从句 1）主语从句可直接位于主语的位置，如果从句较长，谓语又较短，可用it作形式主语，而将从句放在句末。常见的句型有： *It is a facta pitya questiongood news that... *It seemsappearshappenedhas turned out that... *It is clearimportantlikelypossible that... *It is said eportedestimatedhas been proved that... It is said that comic books create a connection between people of the same generation. It seems that the performance is very useful. 2)what引导的主语从句表示“...的东西时”，一般不用it作形式主语。 What we lack is experience. 3)what,who,when,why,whether等词含有各自的疑问意义，但它们引导的主语从句，都用陈述语序。 How the plan is to be carried out should be discussed again. I did know why I felt like crying. 2.宾语从句 1）宾语从句可位于及物动词、介词和某些形容词后。连词that常可省略。介词后一般接疑问词引导的宾语从句。in that(因为),except that(除了),but that(只是）已构成固定搭配，其他介词后一般不接that引导的宾语从句。 *I promised that I would change the situation. *All this is different from what American young people would say about friendship. *He is certain that watching so much television is not good for children. *This article is well-written except that it is a bit too long. 2)宾语从句后如有宾补，要用形式宾语it来代替，而把宾语从句移至宾补之后。 He has made it clear that he would not change his mind. 3)在think,believe,suppose,expect等动词后的宾语从句中，如果谓语是否定的，一般将否定词移至主句谓语上，宾语从句则变成肯定形式。 He didn"t think that the money was well spent. 3.表语从句 表语从句出现在结构为“主语+系动词+表语从句”的句子中。表语从句除可用that,what,when,why,whether,how等引导外，还可由because,as if(though)等引导。that常可省略。如主句主语为reason,只能用that引导表语从句，不可用because. Perhaps the most important thing to remember is that there is no one common type of life in America. The reason why so many people died there is that there were not enough food supplies. It looks as if successful international cultural communication will make the world smaller. 4.同位语从句 同位语从句用于对前面出现的名词作进一步说明，一般用连词that引导，由于先行名词的意义不同，也可用whether,who,when,where,what,why,how等引导。常见的先行名词有fact,idea,belief,news,hope,conclusion,evidence,suggestion,order,problem,report,decision.有时由于谓语较短，将同位语从句位于谓语之后。 She finally made the decision that she would join the fashion show. I had no idea how many books I could borrow at a time. The news came that their team had won the championship. 5.定语从句 定语从句所修饰的先行词可以是名词或代词，也可以是一个句子。定语从句通常位于先行词之后，由关系代词或关系副词引导。 *限制性定语从句 限制性定语从句修饰先行词，对先行词起修饰作用，紧接先行词之后，无逗号，若省去，原句意思不完整。引导定语从句的关系代词有who,whom,whose,which,that等。who,whom,whose用于指人，whose有时也可指物，相当于of which；which用于指物；that既可指人也可指物，但只用于限制性定语从句中。关系代词除了引导定语从句，替代先行词外，还在从句中担任主语、宾语、定语等。 The computers and cables which make up the Internet are owned by people and organizations. Those who live alone or who are sick may have trouble in getting close to other people. The girl whose parents died in an accident is living with her grandmother. 1)当先行词是all,anything,everything,something,nothing等不定代词或先行词前有first,last,any,few,much,some,no,only以及形容词最高级修饰时，只能用关系代词that引导从句。 That is all that I"ve heard from him. He"s the first person that I"m going to interview this afternoon. 2)关系代词的省略 在从句中作宾语的关系代词常可省略。关系代词紧跟介词，作介词宾语时不可用that，只可用which或whom引导从句，并且不可省略，但当介词位于宾语从句句末时，作为介词宾语的关系代词仍可用that，也可省略。 This is one of those things with which we have to put up. This is one of those things (which hat) we have to put up with. 3)引导定语从句的关系副词有when,where,why等。关系副词在从句中作状语，意义上相当于一个“介词+which”的结构。 Even in comic books where(=in which) there are no words,the stories are fully expressed through the drawings. No one knows the reason why(=for which) he was so angry that day. 5.定语从句 *非限制性定语从句 非限制性定语从句既可修饰先行词，也可修饰整个主句，起补充说明作用，与主句之间有逗号隔开，若省去，原句意思不受影响。不可用that引导非限制性定语从句。关系词不可省略。 Every object has a gravitational pull,which is rather like magnetism. *“介词+whichwhomwhose”引导的定语从句 “介词+whichwhomwhose”可引导限制性定语从句，也可引导非限制性定语从句，该结构中介词的选择取决于从句谓语动词的固定搭配，或先行词的习惯搭配。 This is the computer on which he spent all his savings It is written by a person with whom we are all familiar. *as引导的定语从句 as引导的定语从句主要用于“such...as”及“the same...as”的结构中，代替先行词是人或物的名词。as引导非限制性定语从句时，代替整个主句，从句可位于主句之前、之后或中间。 These are not such problems as can be easily solved.(as代替先行词problems) As is mentioned above,no single company or group can control what happens on the Internet.(as代替主语) 6.状语从句 *时间状语从句 引导时间状语从句的从属连词和词组有： 1）when,whenever,while,as,after,before,since,till,until,once等。 We have learnt quite a lot about it since we came here. 2)as soon as,hardly(scarcely)...when,no sooner...than,each(every) time,the moment,immediately(that)等。 As soon as I sent an e-mail message,I received positive responses. The moment he heard the good news,he jumped with joy. *地点状语从句 引导地点状语从句的连词是where,wherever. Wherever she went,she took her little daughter with her. *原因、结果和目的状语从句 1）引导原因状语从句的从属连词有：because,as,since,now(that),seeing that,considering that,in that等。 Considering that he is a freshman,we must say he is doing well. 2)引导结果状语从句的连词有：so...that,such...that ,so that,that,so等。 Mickey Mouse is so attractive that the children are reluctant to leave. 3)引导目的状语从句的连词有：so that,in order that,for fear that,lest等，从句常使用may,might,can,could,would等情态动词。 We got up early this morning so that we could catch the first bus to the railway station. *条件和让步状语从句 1）引导条件状语从句的连词和词组有if,unless,as(so) long as,on condition that,in case,provided(providing) that,supposing等。 As long as you have the right equipment,you can use a telephone line to transmit computer data. 2)引导让步状语从句的连词和词组有though,although,whether,even though,even if,no matter what(when,how...),whatever(whenever,wherever,however....)等。though,even if等引导状语从句可转换成含有as的部分倒装结构，具有强调意义。其结构为“形容词（副词、动词、名词）+as+主语+谓语”。 No matter what you may say,I would not change my mind. Young as he is,he is quite experienced in this work.(=though he is young) Child as he is,he can speak English fluently.(=though he is a child) *方式状语从句 引导方式状语从句的连词有as,just as,as if,as though等。as if,as though引导的状语从句中，谓语动词常用虚拟语气，表示与事实相反。 The young man made the experiment just as the teacher had taught him. Everything went on as usual as if nothing had happened. PS: 这是网上复制来的，比较简单也算是比较全的~~~真正要讲起来...要几个小时~

选D, 因为先行词是Wenchuan, 在从句中充当地点状语

1. 定语从句；2. 时间状语从句；3. 地点状语从句；4. 条件状语从句；5. 同位语从句；6. 表语从句；7. 宾语从句；8. 主语从句；名词性从句：在句子中起名词作用的句子叫名词从句 (Noun Clauses）. 名词从句的功能相当于名词词组, 它在复合句中能担任主语、宾语、表语、同位语、介词宾语等,因此根据它在句中不同的语法功能,名词从句又可分别称为主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句和同位语从句.引导名词性从句的连接词可分为三类： 连接词：that,whether,if 不充当从句的任何成分） 连接代词：what, whatever, who, whoever, whom, whose, which. 连接副词：when, where, how, why不可省略的连词：1. 介词后的连词2. 引导主语从句和同位语从句的连词不可省略.That she was chosen made us very happy.We heard the news that our team had won.比较：whether与if 均为"是否"的意思. 但在下列情况下whether 不能被if 取代：1. whether引导主语从句并在句首2. 引导表语从句 3. whether从句作介词宾语4. 从句后有"or not" Whether he will come is not clear.大部分连接词引导的主语从句都可以置于句末，用 it充当形式主语。It is not important who will go.It is still unknown which team will win the match.由从属连词that引导的从句叫做名词性that-从句. That只起连接主句和从句的作用，在从句中不担任任何成分，本身也没有词义。1）名词性that-从句在句中能充当主 语、宾语、表语、同位语和形容词宾语，例如：主语：That he is still alive is sheer luck. 他还活着全靠运气.宾语：John said that he was leaving for London on Wednesday. 约翰说他星期三要到伦敦去.表语：The fact is that he has not been seen recently. 事实是近来谁也没有见过他.同位语：The fact that he has not been seen recently disturbs everyone in his office. 近来谁也没有见过他,这一事实令办公室所有的人不安.形容词宾语：I am glad that you are satisfied with your job. 你对工作满意我感到很高兴.2）That- 从句作主语通常用it作先行词，而将that-从句置于句末，例如：It is quite clear that the whole project is doomed to failure. 很清楚,整个计划注定要失败.It"s a pity that you should have to leave. 你非走不可真是件憾事.

定语从句的方法，先要知道 先行词：定语从句所修饰的词即为先行词， 定语从句：修饰先行词的句子即为定语从句。 方法，先找先行词 ，看先行词在定语从句中的位置列：1.she is a girl who is a beautiful!这里，girl就是先行词，而who引导的句子就为定语从句，girl充当定语从句的主语（因为girl应实际放在who的位置。）所以这里的引导词也可以用that。即who和that都可以。2.this is the book which is very insteresting。 结构同上，也是充当主语，只是book为物，所以引导词可是which或that。注意前两题得主语为人还是物。3.she is the girl whome i aways play with .这里girl充当宾语，（因为它实际应放在with后面。）且为人，所以引导词可用whome或that或不填省去。4.this is the book which i want to read .结构与上题一样，只是它为物，所以引导词还可以用which或that或不填省去。，1.如果先行词在定语从句中从当其中的宾语，且为物，那么定语从句的引导词就用that 或 which 或不填省去， 如果先行词在定语从句中从当其中的宾语，但为人时，那么引导词就用whome 或that 或不填状语从句共有八大类，即为方式，地点，时间，目的，结果，让步，条件，原因，这八大类状语从句，而在定语从句中主要以原因，时间，地点，这三种为主，比如在定语从句中for which=why,in which =when或where（这要但它代表的是时间还是地点而定）做定语从句的方法，先要知道 先行词：定语从句所修饰的词即为先行词， 定语从句：修饰先行词的句子即为定语从句。 方法，先找先行词 ，看先行词在定语从句中的位置列：1.she is a girl who is a beautiful!这里，girl就是先行词，而who引导的句子就为定语从句，girl充当定语从句的主语（因为girl应实际放在who的位置。）所以这里的引导词也可以用that。即who和that都可以。2.this is the book which is very insteresting。 结构同上，也是充当主语，只是book为物，所以引导词可是which或that。注意前两题得主语为人还是物。3.she is the girl whome i aways play with .这里girl充当宾语，（因为它实际应放在with后面。）且为人，所以引导词可用whome或that或不填省去。4.this is the book which i want to read .结构与上题一样，只是它为物，所以引导词还可以用which或that或不填省去。，1.如果先行词在定语从句中从当其中的宾语，且为物，那么定语从句的引导词就用that 或 which 或不填省去， 如果先行词在定语从句中从当其中的宾语，但为人时，那么引导词就用whome 或that 或不填状语从句共有八大类，即为方式，地点，时间，目的，结果，让步，条件，原因，这八大类状语从句，而在定语从句中主要以原因，时间，地点，这三种为主，比如在定语从句中for which=why,in which =when或where（这要但它代表的是时间还是地点而定） 一剪梅 回答采纳率:18.5% 2012-01-01 17:50 补充回答

WHICH先行词为物，作主语或宾语，作宾语时可省略WHO 先行词为人，作主语或宾语，作宾语时可省略WHOM 先行词为人，作宾语，可省略

　　【eg】That is the school where / at which I used to study. 那就是我过去学习过的学校。 　　Think of a place where / to which we can go for a swim. 想一个我们可以去游泳的地方。 　　⑶ why 可替换为for which ，引导先行词为reason的定语从句，表示原因。 　　【eg】This is the reason why / for which he was late. 这就是他迟到的原因。 　　⑷ 关系副词when , where , why 引导定语从句时一般可用that替换，也可省略。 　　【eg】She is always busy working from the time ( when / that ) 　　she gets up in the morning till the time ( when / that ) she goes to bed. 　　她总是很忙，从早上起床一直到上床睡觉，她都在工作。 That is the place ( where / that ) I went before. 　　那就是我们从前去过的地方。 　　Do you know the reason ( why / that ) he left the company? 你知道他离开公司的原因吗? 　　二、 例题 　　1、( )The flood overflowed the riverbanks , ______ frequently happened in that area. 　　A as it B which C it D such 　　2、( )This is the best novel ______ we have read in recent years. 　　A which B that C as D so 　　3、( )All ______ is a large sum of money. 　　A what is needed B that is needed 　　C the thing needed D for their needs 　　4、( )Read the text a second time and you will probably know what the principle ______ a hovercraft works. 　　A is on that B has on which 　　C is on which D on which 　　5、( )The way ______ he gives his performances is appreciated by his fans. Which of the followings is wrong? 　　A / B which C in which D that 　　6、( )My assistant , ______ carefully read through the instructions before doing the experiment , did not get satisfactory results. 　　A who thought B even who 　　C who had D who having 　　7、( )In the dark streets , there was not a single person ______ she could turn for help. 　　A that B who C from whom D to whom 　　8、( )The neighbourhood factory , ______ workers are all women , turns out toys 　　of fine quality. 　　A there B which C whose D when 　　9、( )He is such an outstanding leader ______ is loved by the people throughout the country. 　　A as B that C which D who 　　10、( )The can opener is easy to handle , ______ is shown in the picture. 　　A as it B as C that D since 　　11、( )Everything was quite all right ______ one day ______ she got into trouble. 　　A not until ; when B until ; before 　　C not until ; before D until ; when 　　12、( )A fast food restaurant is the place ______ ,just as the name suggests , eating is performed quickly. 　　A which B where C there D what 　　13、( )The plane was delayed , ______ was that the weather was terrible. 　　A the reason why B the reason for it 　　C the reason of it D the reason for which 　　14、( )Do not let the child who is ______ swim in rivers. 　　A not old enough B too young to 　　C not old enough to D young enough to 　　15、( )I think you have got to the point ______ ,a change is needed , otherwise you will fail. 　　A when B that C where D which 　　三、巩固练习 　　1、( )Is this university ______ they paid a visit to last month? 　　A which B where C the one D which you 　　2、( )I will never forget the days ______ we spent together in the village. 　　A / B when C what D how 　　3、( ) ______ is mentioned above , the number of the students in senior high schools is increasing. 　　A Which B As C That D It 　　4、( )I was late for school this morning because of the traffic jam ______ I was caught. 　　A which B where C in which D when 　　5、( )Has everything ______ can be done ______ done? 　　A / ; / B / ; been C that ; been D that ; be 　　6、( )Can you find me something ______ ? 　　A to open the tin B that I can open the tin 　　C I can open the tin with D by which to open the tin 　　7、( )Water dissolves a part of nearly everything ______ it comes in contact. 　　A where B with which C that D as soon as 　　8、( )The size of the audience , ______ we had expected , was well over 500. 　　A whom B that C who D as 　　9、( )The shop assistant I spoke ______ nothing. 　　A to say B to said C said D tell 　　10、( )When the mid-term exam was over , I went fishing - ______ I had not done for weeks. 　　A anything B everything C nothing D something 　　11、( )Tigers live in forests , ______ there are plenty of other animals for them to hunt for food. 　　A when B if C as D where 　　12、( )I am going to buy the same bicycle ______ you are using now. 　　A that B which C as D like 　　13、( )This is the same watch ______ I lost. 　　A which B as C that D but 　　14、( )-How far apart do they live? 　　-______ I know ,they live in the same neighbourhood. 　　A As long as B As far as C As well as D As often as 　　15、( )Yesterday I bought a Chinese painting ______ was very reasonable. 　　A which price B the price of which 　　C its price D the price of whose 　　key: 　　1~5 BBBCB 6~10 CDCAB 11~15 DBDAC 巩固1~5 CABCC 6~10 CBDBD 11~15 DCCBB

1、This is the thief who stole my bike．这就是偷我自行车的那个贼。2、The girl whose mother is a doctor is waiting for you outside．妈妈是个医生的那个女孩在外面等你。3、He is the boy whom you wanted to play with．他就是你想要找他玩的那个男孩。4、The letter which I received yesterday was from my father．昨天我收到的信是我父亲寄来的。5、The house which Lu Xun once lived in is now the Lu Xun Museum．鲁迅曾经住过的那所房子现在是鲁迅博物馆。

定语从句概要： （这是有关定语从句的精要介绍，涵盖了有关定语从句的各个方面，供参考：） 引导定语从句的关联词包括关系代词和关系副词。关系代词有that, which, whose, who, whom, as；关系副词有when, where, why。关系代词和关系副词在定语从句中都充当一定的句法成份。关系代词在从句中充当动词的宾语时一般可以省略。 关系代词的选用比较复杂，受下列条件的制约： (1) 要看先行词是指人还是指物， (2) 要看关系代词在从句中句法功能， (3) 要看定语从句是限定性的还是非限定性的。 在定语从句中充当的成分 ↓ 用于限定性或非限定性从句 只用于限定性从句 指人 指物 指人或指物 主语 who which that 宾语 whom which that 谓语 whose whose (of which) That 只能用在限定性定语从句中，而who, whom, which, which 既可用于限定性定语从句中，也可用于非限定性定语从句。 I know that he is a man who means what he says. I know that he is a man that means what he says. 【我知道他是一个守信用的人。】 The gentleman whom she met addressed her with courtesy. The gentleman that she met addressed her with courtesy. 【她遇到的那位先生很有礼貌地向她打了招呼。】 The gentleman she met addressed her with courtesy.（在从句中充当动词宾语的关系代词，可以省略。） The watch which was lost has been found. The watch that was lost has been found. 【丢了的表找到了。】 Here is the material which you need. (注：现代美语中不允许这样用) Here is the material that you need. Here is the material you need. 【你要的材料在这儿了。】 You are the only one whose advice he might listen to. 他也就是听你的话吧。 关系副词的选用相对来说比较简单，如果先行词是表示时间的名词，如time, day 等，则用when, 如先行词为表示地点的名词，如place, house, area 等等，则选用where。如果先行词为reason 则选用why I will never forget the mountain village where I spent my childhood. I will never forget the mountain village in which I spent my childhood. 我永远也不会忘记我度过童年的那个小山村。 I don"t know the reason why he did that. I don"t know the reason for which he did that. 【我不知道他为什么这么做。】 当先行词是all, something, nothing 等不定代词时，或者先行词的前面有first, last, only, few, much, some, any, no 等词修饰时，或者先行词的前面有最高级修饰时，一般只用that 而不用which 来引导定语从句： I have explained everything that I can to you. I have explained everything I can to you. 【我已经尽一切可能把事情向你解释得一清二楚。】 This is the most beautiful campus that I have ever been to. This is the most beautiful campus I have ever been to. 【这是我见到的最美丽的校园。】 That"s all that I know. That"s all I know. 【我知道的就是这些。】 Can you tell me something that you know? Can you tell something you know? 【你能把你知道的一些情况告诉我吗？】 There is nothing that I cannot tell you. There is nothing I cannot tell you. 【我没有什么不能告诉你的事情。】 The first thing that we should do is to work out a plan. The first thing we should do is to work out a plan. 【我们应该做的头一件事就是订一个计划。】 The last place that we visited was the farm. The last place we visited was the farm. 【我们最后参观的地方是农场。】 还有一种定语从句，它的结构是：the same ….. as…, such … as 这里的as 可以指人或物，这里的as 引导的是限定性定语从句： Such furniture as is very popular is expensive. 一种很受欢迎的家具价钱昂贵。 We have successfully done the same experiment as you did. 你做过的那个试验我们已经成功地做完了。 It wasn"t such a computer as the advertisement had promised. 这种电脑可不是广告中说的那种电脑。 限定性定语从句与主句关系密切，为句中不可缺少的部分，如去掉，主句意思就不完整了。而非限定性定语从句与主句关系松散，如果去掉了，主句内容仍然完整。在书面语中非限定性定语从句一般补逗号隔开。非限定性定语从句一般不用that 引导。引导非限定性定语从句的关系词不可省略。 His speech, which bored everyone, went on and on. 他的讲话没完没了，真让人烦。 The general"s daughter, whose name is Jane, gave me a sweet smile. 将军的女儿名叫珍妮。她冲我笑了笑，笑得好甜啊。 非限定性定语从句中，先行词也可以是整个句子，一般用which 或as 来引导定语从句，which在从句中可充当主语、宾语等，as 在从句中一般只充当主语，which 与as 引导这类定语从句的区别在于：which 只能放在句子当中或句子末尾，而as 的位置比较灵活，可以放在句子当中、句子末尾，也可以放在句首。 As is known to all, too much stress can cause disease. Too much stress can cause disease, as is known to all. Too much stress can cause disease, which is known to all. 【众所周知，压力太大了，人会得病的。】 Water consists of hydrogen and oxygen, which is known to all. Water consists of hydrogen and oxygen, as is known to all. 【众所周知，水是由氢和氧组成的。】 关系代词在定语从句中有时也作介词的宾语。如果介词被置于关系代词前，一般只用介词加which 或介词加whom，而不用介词加that来引导定语从句。如果介词被置于从句句末，则可以使用that来代替which或whom，这时的that可以省略。 This is the ring on which she spent 1,000 dollars. 这就是她花了一千美元买的那枚戒指。 One of my colleagues whom you are familiar with will come today. One of my colleagues that you are familiar with will come today. One of my colleagues you are familiar with will come today. 我的一个同事，就是你非常熟悉的那个人，今天要过来。

　　说到非限定性定语从句的讲解，还要分成不同的部分，首先大家要知道就得就是该从句的作用是什么。其实它在句子中是一个独立的成分，不会受到主句的限制，把从句去掉之后，主句仍然是成立的。这也是为什么它会叫做非限定性定语从句。其次，大家要了解该从句的形式：非限制性定语从句与先行词以及主句之间的关系不甚紧密，因而通常要用逗号与主句分隔开。例如： 　　Have you seen the film Titanic, whose leading actor is world famous? 　　你看过“泰坦尼克号”这部电影吗?它的男主演可是世界闻名的。 　　My friend, who has served on the International Olympic Committee all his life, is retiring next month. 　　我有位朋友，他一辈子服务于国际奥林匹克委员会，下个月就要退休了。 　　在非限制性定语从句也分成不同的种类，在不同情况下，该从句的使用方法也是不一样的，在考试中经常会考察大家对于该从句不同类型的运用。如果大家不能很好的掌握这些用法，在考试的时候就一定会丢分了，下面就是关于该从句不同类型的介绍： 　　 which引导的非限制性定语从句 　　关系代词which在非限制性定语从句中所指代和修饰的可以是主句中的名词、形容词、短语、其他从句或整个主句，在从句中作主语、动词宾语、介词宾语或表语。 　　① which指代主句中的名词，被指代的名词包括表示物、婴儿或动物的名词、表示单数意义的集体名词以及表示职业、品格等的"名词。如： 　　These apple trees，which I planted three years ago，have not borne any fruit.这些苹果树是我三年前栽的，还没有结过果实。 　　She is an artist，which I am not.她是一位艺术家，而我不是。 　　Water，which is a clear liquid，has many uses.水是一种清澈的液体，有许多用途。 　　The two policemen were completely trusted，which in fact they were.那两个警察完全受到信任，事实上，也真是如此。 　　② which指代主句中的形容词。如： 　　She was very patient towards the children，which her husband seldom was.她对孩子们很耐心，她丈夫却很少这样。 　　She is always careless，which we should not be. 她总是马虎大意，我们可不应该这样。 　　③ which指代主句中的某个从句。如： 　　He said that he had never seen her before，which was not true.他说以前从没见过她，这不是真的。 　　④ which指代整个主句。如： 　　In the presence of so many people he was little tense, which was understandable.在那么多人面前他有点紧张，这是可以理解的。 　　He may have acute appendicitis，in which case he will have to be operated on.他可能得了急性盲肠炎，如果是这样，他就得动手术。 　　When deeply absorbed in work，which he often was，he would forget all about eating and sleeping. 他经常聚精会神地工作，这时他会废寝忘食。 　　除此之外大家还要注意一些非限制性定语从句引导词的特殊情况： 　　 1.非限制性定语从句不可用that引导， 在非限制性定语从句中用who(作主语) / whom(作宾语)指人，用which(作主语 / 宾语)指物， 用whose作定语(指人 / 物)。例如： 　　The famous basketball star, who tried to make a comeback, attracted a lot of attention. 　　这位试图打反击的著名篮球明星吸引了众人的关注。 　　The film, whose director is an old man, is very instructive. 　　这部电影很有教育意义， 它的导演是位老人。 　　 2.关系代词在非限制性定语从句中作宾语时不可省略，若指人时，只用whom，不用who。例如： 　　York, which I visited last year, is a nice old city. 　　我去年访问过的约克是个古老而美丽的城市。 　　Please give the book to Jessica, whom we met in the hall just now. 　　请把这本书交给杰西卡，就是刚才我们在大厅里遇到的那位。 　　 3.非限制性定语从句不可用why引导， 需用for which替代why。例如： 　　None of us accepted the reason he explained, for which he was absent. 　　我们没有一个人接受他所解释的缺席的理由。

修饰名词的词语叫做形容词，修饰名词的句子叫做定语从句。被定语从句修饰的词叫做先行词，先行词在前，定语从句在后。定语从句一般要有一个词引导。例如：这本我从图书馆借的书十分有趣 The book that I borrowed from library was very intresting. 先行词就是book 定语从句就是 I borrowed from library 引导定语从句的词用的是that 一般先行词是人 引导词用who 先行词是物 引导词用which that既可以是人也可以是物 先行词表示时间就用when 表示地点就用where。。。。这样讲你明白了吧

　　 高三定语从句讲解 　　1.定语从句的前面都有先行词（被修饰语） 　　2.定语从句应紧跟在先行词之后 　　3.先行词与定语从句之间要有关系词（有时可省略） 　　4.关系词在定语从句中充当某一成分 　　The skirt _____ is made of silk is very expensive. I can"t afford it. 　　A what B / C that D it 　　I love people _____ are friendly to others. 　　A which B whose C what D who 　　Sorry, we don"t have the coat ______ you need. 　　A what B who C whom D which 　　That is the school ____ last year. 　　A which I studied B at which I studied 　　C where I studied at D in where I studied 　　This was the place _____ last year. 　　A which I visited B where I visited 　　C when I visited D in which I visited 　　注：从句的谓语动词 Lee is one of the students who are working very hard. 　　He led us to a place where we have never been before. 　　用that不用which的一些特殊情况 　　1) 先行词为all, much, little, something, anything, everything, nothing等 　　Is there anything (that) I can do for you? 　　You should hand in all that you have. 　　2) 先行词前有形容词最高级修饰和序数词修饰 　　This is the most exciting report that I have ever read. 　　The first step (that) we are to take is very difficult. 　　3) 先行词被the only, the very(恰恰，正好)等限定词修饰时。 　　The only thing that we can do is to give you some money. 　　This is the very dictionary that is of great help. 　　4) 先行词既指人又指物时，用that 不用which，也不用who/whom 　　He talked about the people and the books that interested him. 　　My father and mother talked a lot about the things and the persons that they could remember. 　　 限制与非限制 　　Boys who attend this school have to wear uniforms. 　　Those who want to go please sign their names here. 　　He has two sisters, who are working in the city. 　　The children, who wanted to play football, were disappointed when it rained. 　　 句型转换 ： 　　That is his father, and he works in Shanghai. 　　That is his father, ______ works in Shanghai. 　　I like the boy, who is very lovely. 　　I like the boy, _____ is very lovely. 　　He told me a story yesterday, and I think it is very interesting. 　　He told me a story yesterday, _____ I think is very interesting. 　　 介词+关系代词 　　1. In front of my house, there is a tree, in which some birds are singing. (在树上一般用介词in) 　　2. The computer for which I paid 5,000yuan is made in Shenzhen( pay 与for搭配) 　　3. Do you know the girl with whom the man talked just now? 　　(talk 究竟接to, with还是接about, 这该由动词及现行词决定) 　　注：She has a little daughter, who is looked after by her grandma. 　　 就不能写成： 　　She has a little daughter, after whom is looked by her grandma. 　　因为，look after 是不可分开的固定短语。 　　 改错： 　　This is the longest train which I have ever seen. 　　The radio set which I bought it last week has gone wrong. 　　They talked for about an hour of things and persons who they remembered in the school. I don"t like the way which you speak to her. 　　1.定语从句要避免成分重复 　　2定语从句要避免漏用先行词 　　3含有介词的短语动词一般不拆开 　　 as与which的区别 　　which 引导的非限制性定语从句只能位于主句后，但as引导的从句可位于主句前、中、后。 　　1. I live a long way from work, as [which] you know. 　　As is known to everybody, the moon travels round the earth once every month. 　　as在定语从句中作主语时，从句谓语通常要有be或别的系动词，但which不受此限制。如： 　　2. As might be expected, John was admitted to the university. 　　as 引导的定语从句通常表示一个众所周知或意料之中的事，但 which 不受此限制。如： He married her, which was unexpected. (不可用as) 　　as引导的非限制性定语从句与主句之间关系密切，as 本身意含“正如”或“就像”之意。而which引导的非限制性定语从句与主句之间在逻辑意义上近似于并列关系， 　　3. as多用于固定搭配中：as is often the case(这是常有的事)，as was expected(不出所料)，as often happens(正如经常发生的那样)，as is known to all / as is well known / as we all know (众所周知)，as has been said before(如上所述)，as is mentioned above(正如上面所提到的)等。 　　It rained hard yesterday, ____ prevented me from going to the park. 　　A. that B. which C. as D. it 　　 Such…..that/such….asSuch…that引导的.状语从句与such…as引导的定语从句的区别： 　　His plan was such a good one as we all agreed to accept. 　　His plan was such a good one that we all agreed to accept it, 　　1. I don"t like such books ____ he recommended. 　　A. as B. that C. so D. after which 　　2. Mr. Smith is _________ a good teacher _________ we all respect him. 　　A. such, that B. such, as C. so, that D. so, as 　　3. Such a book ___ you lent me is too difficult to understand. 　　A. that B. which C. as D. like 　　of whom / which引导的定语 　　在非限制性定语从句中，先行词作为一个整体，表示整体中的一部分，即表示“部分与整体”的关系时，用of which / whom。表示部分的可以是具体数目或百分数，也可以是few, several, some, half, many, much, most, all, the majority等。 　　The buses, were already full, were surrounded by an angry crowd. Our school has 80 teachers, 50 are women. 　　one of +复数名词+关系代词+复数形式动词 　　The Great Wall is one of the world –famous buildings that draw lots of visitors. 　　Titanic is one of the most wonderful movies that have been produced in Hollywood. the only one of +复数名词+关系代词+单数形式动词 　　The Great Wall is the only one of the buildings on the earth that is seen from the moon. Titanic is the only one of those wonderful movies that has been produced in Hollywood. Tom isn"t the only one of the boys who have passed the exam.=Tom is one of the boys who have passed the exam. 　　He is one of the students who _____(have)passed the exam. 　　He is the only one of the students who______(have) passed the exam. 　　He is not the only one of the students who _____(have)passed the exam.

定语从句分为限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句。who,whom,whose,that,which都是关系代词，在定语从句中可用作主语、宾语或定语等成分。现就该单元语法who,whom,whose,that和which引导的限制性定语从句进行讲解。一、who,whom引导的定语从句who和whom引导定语从句时，先行词必须是指人的名词或代词。who在从句中作主语或宾语等，口语中可用that代替who，作宾语时不能直接放在介词后面；whom在从句中作及物动词的宾语或介词宾语，口语中常可用who/that代替，也可省略；但在"介词+whom"引导定语从句时，不能用who/that代替，也不可省略，介词要依据从句中的谓语动词来确定。二、whose引导的定语从句关系代词whose是who的所有格形式,既可指人也可指物，whose后面应跟名词,即"whose+n."引导定语从句，也可用"the+n.+of+which"代替，引导定语从句起修饰限制名词、充当定语的作用。三、that引导的定语从句a.当先行词是指人或指物时，均可用关系代词that，指人可与who/whom互换，指物可与which互换，在从句中作主语或宾语等，作宾语时常省略。b.无论先行词是指人还是指物，that都不能放在介词后面作介词宾语。四、which引导的定语从句which引导定语从句时，其先行词通常指物，在句中作主语、宾语等，作宾语时常省略，也可跟在介词后面作介词宾语。

定语从句意思是说用定语来修饰名词或者整个句子，而这个定语可以是词组，也可以是句子。与被修饰词中间不用逗号隔开

以下是 为大家整理的关于精选定语从句详细讲解的文章，供大家学习参考！ 一、详细的定语从句讲解 定语从句是由关系代词和关系副词引导的从句，其作用是作定语修饰主句的某个成分，定语从句分为限定性和非限定性从句两种。状语从句分为时间状语从句，结果状语从句，让步状语从句，原因状语从句，条件状语从句以及行为方式状语从句。名词从句包括主语从句，宾语从句，表语从句和同位语从句及there be句型。 一、 限定性定语从句 1. that即可代表事物也可代表人，which代表事物；它们在从句中作主语或宾语，that在从句中作宾语时常可省略关系词，which在从句中作宾语则不能省略。而且，如果which在从句中作“不及物动词＋介词”的介词的宾语，注意介词不要丢掉，而且介词总是放在关系代词which的前边，但有的则放在它原来的位置 2. which作宾语时，根据先行词与定语从句之间的语义关系，先行词与which之间的介词不能丢 3. 代表物时多用which，但在带有下列词的句子中用that而不用which，这些词包括all, anything, much等，这时的that常被省略 4. who和whom引导的从句用来修饰人，分别作从句中的主语和宾语，whom作宾语时，要注意它可以作动词的宾语也可以作介词的宾语 5. where是关系副词，用来表示地点的定语从句 6. when引导定语从句表示时间 〔注〕值得一提的是，表示时间“time"一词的定语从句只用when引导，有时不用任何关系代词，当然也不用that引导 By the time you arrive in London, we will have stayed there for two weeks. I still remember the first time I met her. Each time he goes to besiness trip, he brings a lot of living necessities, such as towers, soap, toothbrush etc. 7. whose是关系代词，修饰名词作定语，相当于所修饰成分的前置所有格 8. 当从句的逻辑主语是some, any, no, somebody, anybody, nobody, something, anything, everything或nothing时，常用there is来引导 二、非限定性定语从句：非限定性定语从句的作用是对所修饰的成分作进一步说明，通常和主句间用逗号隔开，将从句拿掉后其他部分仍可成立 1. which引导的非限定性定语从句来说明前面整个句子的情况或主句的某一部分 2. 在引导限定性定语从句时，that有时相当于in which, at which, for which或at which Attitudes towards daydreaming are changing in much the same way that(in which) attitudes towards night dreaming have changed. 人们对白日做梦的态度正在改变，这与人们对夜间做梦的看法的变化有非常相似之处。 I like the music for the very reason that(for which) he dislike it. 我出于某种原因喜欢这种音乐，而他恰恰与我相反。 We arrived the day that(on which) they left. 刚好我们到的那天他们走了。 3. 有时as也可用作关系代词 4. 在非限定性定语从句中，不能用that，而用who, whom代表人，用which代表事物 三、定语从句结构错误 1. 缺关系词 2. 从句中缺成分 摘自《简明英语语法》 在英文中，有两种定语从句：限定性定语从句与非限定性定语从句。这两种定语从句在其功能和形式方面都有明显的区别： 限定性定语从句限定性定语从句与主句的关系很紧奏，对其先行词起限定、修饰的作用。如果将其去掉，会影响句子意思的完整性；有时甚至于引起费解、误解。例如： Rainforests are being cleared for valuable timber and other resources to speed up the economic growth of the nationsin which they are located . 为了加速他们各自所在国家的经济发展，热带雨林作为有价值的原木和其他资源正为人们所砍伐。 Ocean currents affect the climates of the lands near which they flow. 洋流影响其流经的附近地区的气候。 They explained the reason to us why they had hated us before. 他们向我们解释为什么他们不喜欢我们的原因。 非限定性定语从句非限定性定语从句在形式上就与主句很松散，它与主句之间有一个逗点"，"隔开；它对其先行词没有限定、修饰的作用，只起补充、说明的作用。有时也用它来对全句进行补充、说明。即使将其去掉，也不会影响句子意思。由于上述原因，非限定性定语从句在表达意思方面也有别于限定性定语从句。另外，非限定性定语从句在中文译文里，我们往往将其作为一个分句处理，而不把它作定语翻译。 例如：Earlier , the Babylonians had attempted to map the world , but they presented it in the form of a flattened disc rather than a sphere , which was the form adopted by Ptolemy . （此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词a sphere进行补充、说明。） 更早之前，巴比伦人曾试图绘制世界地图，但是他们把它绘制成平盘状而不是托勒密所采用的球体状。 The combination of satellites, which transmit information , computers , which store information , and television , which displays information , will change every home into an education and entertainment center . （此句中，三个非限定性定语从句分别对三个先行词：satellites ，computers和television进行补充、说明。如果去掉这三个非限定性定语从句，那么句子可简化为： The combination of satellites , computers and television will change every home into an education and entertainment center .）卫星能传输信息，计算机能储存信息，电视能显示信息，把这些手段结合起来可以使每个家庭都成为教育娱乐的中心。 The sun heats the earth , which makes it possible for plants to grow .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对全句进行补充、说明,将全句表达的意思看成"一件事情）。太阳给予大地热，这就使植物的生长成为可能。 The old man has a son , who is in the army .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词son进行补充、说明。但本句所传达的信息是："这位老人只有一个儿子" 。如果将此句改写成限定性定语从句： The old man has a son who is in the army . 那位老人有一个在部队工作的儿子。那么，限定性定语从句就要对先行词son进行限定、修饰。这样一来，句子所传达的信息就变成了："这位老人有一个儿子在部队工作，还有其他的儿子在干别的工作"。）那位老人有一个儿子，他在部队工作。二、定语从句用法详细讲解 定语从句是由关系代词和关系副词引导的从句，其作用是作定语修饰主句的某个成分，定语从句分为限定性和非限定性从句两种。状语从句分为时间状语从句，结果状语从句，让步状语从句，原因状语从句，条件状语从句以及行为方式状语从句。名词从句包括主语从句，宾语从句，表语从句和同位语从句及there be句型。 一、 限定性定语从句 1. that即可代表事物也可代表人，which代表事物；它们在从句中作主语或宾语，that在从句中作宾语时常可省略关系词，which在从句中作宾语则不能省略。而且，如果which在从句中作“不及物动词＋介词”的介词的宾语，注意介词不要丢掉，而且介词总是放在关系代词which的前边，但有的则放在它原来的位置 2. which作宾语时，根据先行词与定语从句之间的语义关系，先行词与which之间的介词不能丢 3. 代表物时多用which，但在带有下列词的句子中用that而不用which，这些词包括all, anything, much等，这时的that常被省略 4. who和whom引导的从句用来修饰人，分别作从句中的主语和宾语，whom作宾语时，要注意它可以作动词的宾语也可以作介词的宾语 5. where是关系副词，用来表示地点的定语从句 6. when引导定语从句表示时间 〔注〕值得一提的是，表示时间“time"一词的定语从句只用when引导，有时不用任何关系代词，当然也不用that引导 By the time you arrive in London, we will have stayed there for two weeks. I still remember the first time I met her. Each time he goes to besiness trip, he brings a lot of living necessities, such as towers, soap, toothbrush etc. 7. whose是关系代词，修饰名词作定语，相当于所修饰成分的前置所有格 8. 当从句的逻辑主语是some, any, no, somebody, anybody, nobody, something, anything, everything或nothing时，常用there is来引导 二、非限定性定语从句：非限定性定语从句的作用是对所修饰的成分作进一步说明，通常和主句间用逗号隔开，将从句拿掉后其他部分仍可成立 1. which引导的非限定性定语从句来说明前面整个句子的情况或主句的某一部分 2. 在引导限定性定语从句时，that有时相当于in which, at which, for which或at which Attitudes towards daydreaming are changing in much the same way that(in which) attitudes towards night dreaming have changed. 人们对白日做梦的态度正在改变，这与人们对夜间做梦的看法的变化有非常相似之处。 I like the music for the very reason that(for which) he dislike it. 我出于某种原因喜欢这种音乐，而他恰恰与我相反。 We arrived the day that(on which) they left. 刚好我们到的那天他们走了。 3. 有时as也可用作关系代词 4. 在非限定性定语从句中，不能用that，而用who, whom代表人，用which代表事物 三、定语从句结构错误 1. 缺关系词 2. 从句中缺成分 摘自《简明英语语法》 在英文中，有两种定语从句：限定性定语从句与非限定性定语从句。这两种定语从句在其功能和形式方面都有明显的区别： 限定性定语从句限定性定语从句与主句的关系很紧奏，对其先行词起限定、修饰的作用。如果将其去掉，会影响句子意思的完整性；有时甚至于引起费解、误解。例如： Rainforests are being cleared for valuable timber and other resources to speed up the economic growth of the nationsin which they are located . 为了加速他们各自所在国家的经济发展，热带雨林作为有价值的原木和其他资源正为人们所砍伐。 Ocean currents affect the climates of the lands near which they flow. 洋流影响其流经的附近地区的气候。 They explained the reason to us why they had hated us before. 他们向我们解释为什么他们不喜欢我们的原因。 非限定性定语从句非限定性定语从句在形式上就与主句很松散，它与主句之间有一个逗点"，"隔开；它对其先行词没有限定、修饰的作用，只起补充、说明的作用。有时也用它来对全句进行补充、说明。即使将其去掉，也不会影响句子意思。由于上述原因，非限定性定语从句在表达意思方面也有别于限定性定语从句。另外，非限定性定语从句在中文译文里，我们往往将其作为一个分句处理，而不把它作定语翻译。 例如：Earlier , the Babylonians had attempted to map the world , but they presented it in the form of a flattened disc rather than a sphere , which was the form adopted by Ptolemy . （此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词a sphere进行补充、说明。） 更早之前，巴比伦人曾试图绘制世界地图，但是他们把它绘制成平盘状而不是托勒密所采用的球体状。 The combination of satellites, which transmit information , computers , which store information , and television , which displays information , will change every home into an education and entertainment center . （此句中，三个非限定性定语从句分别对三个先行词：satellites ，computers和television进行补充、说明。如果去掉这三个非限定性定语从句，那么句子可简化为： The combination of satellites , computers and television will change every home into an education and entertainment center .）卫星能传输信息，计算机能储存信息，电视能显示信息，把这些手段结合起来可以使每个家庭都成为教育娱乐的中心。 The sun heats the earth , which makes it possible for plants to grow .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对全句进行补充、说明,将全句表达的意思看成"一件事情）。太阳给予大地热，这就使植物的生长成为可能。 The old man has a son , who is in the army .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词son进行补充、说明。但本句所传达的信息是："这位老人只有一个儿子" 。如果将此句改写成限定性定语从句： The old man has a son who is in the army . 那位老人有一个在部队工作的儿子。那么，限定性定语从句就要对先行词son进行限定、修饰。这样一来，句子所传达的信息就变成了："这位老人有一个儿子在部队工作，还有其他的儿子在干别的工作"。）那位老人有一个儿子，他在部队工作。 三、初中定语从句的讲解与练习 定语从句（Attributive Clauses）在句中做定语，修饰一个名词或代词，被修饰的名词,词组或代词即先行词。定语从句通常出现在先行词之后，由关系词（关系代词或关系副词）引出。 关系代词有：who, whom, whose, that, which等。 关系副词有：when, where, why等。 18.1 关系代词引导的定语从句 关系代词所代替的先行词是人或物的名词或代词，并在句中充当主语、宾语、定语等成分。关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致。 1）who, whom, that 这些词代替的先行词是人的名词或代词，在从句中所起作用如下： Is he the man who/that wants to see you? 他就是你想见的人吗？（who/that在从句中作主语） He is the man whom/ that I saw yesterday. 他就是我昨天见的那个人。（whom/that在从句中作宾语） 2) Whose 用来指人或物，(只用作定语, 若指物，它还可以同of which互换）, 例如： They rushed over to help the man whose car had broken down. 那人车坏了，大家都跑过去帮忙。 Please pass me the book whose (of which) cover is green. 请递给我那本绿皮的书。 3）which, that 它们所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可作主语、宾语等，例如： A prosperity which / that had never been seen before appears in the countryside. 农村出现了前所未有的繁荣。（which / that在句中作宾语） The package (which / that) you are carrying is about to come unwrapped. 你拿的包快散了。(which / that在句中作宾语 18.2 关系副词引导的定语从句 关系副词可代替的先行词是时间、地点或理由的名词，在从句中作状语。 1）when, where, why 关系副词when, where, why的含义相当于"介词+ which"结构，因此常常和"介词+ which"结构交替使用，例如： There are occasions when (on which) one must yield. 任何人都有不得不屈服的时候。 Beijing is the place where (in which) I was born. 北京是我的出生地。 Is this the reason why (for which) he refused our offer? 这就是他拒绝我们帮助他的理由吗？ 2）that代替关系副词 that可以用于表示时间、地点、方式、理由的名词后取代when, where, why和"介词+ which"引导的定语从句，在口语中that常被省略，例如： His father died the year (that / when / in which) he was born. 他父亲在他出生那年逝世了。 He is unlikely to find the place (that / where / in which) he lived forty years ago. 他不大可能找到他四十年前居住过的地方。用关系代词，还是关系副词完全取决于从句中的谓语动词。及物动词后面无宾语，就必须要求用关系代词；而不及物动词则要求用关系副词。例如： This is the mountain village where I stayed last year. I"ll never forget the days when I worked together with you. 判断改错（注：先显示题，再显示答案，横线；用不同的颜色表示出。） （错） This is the mountain village where I visited last year. （错） I will never forget the days when I spent in the countryside. （对） This is the mountain village (which) I visited last year. （对） I"ll never forget the days (which) I spent in the countryside. 习惯上总把表地点或时间的名词与关系副词 where, when联系在一起。此两题错在关系词的误用上。

1

定语从句（Attributive Clauses）在句中做定语，修饰一个名词或代词，有时也可以修饰部分或整个句子。 　　被修饰的名词，词组或代词即先行词。定语从句通常出现在先行词之后，由关系词（关系代词或关系副词）引出。 　　关系代词有：who, whom, whose, that, which, as。 　　关系副词有：when, where, why, how。 　　关系代词和关系副词放在先行词和定语从句之间，起连接作用，同时又可做定语从句的一个成分。当关系代词做宾语时可以省略。 　　定语从句中的谓语动词必须在人称上和数量上和先行词保持一致。 　　定语从句分为限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句。 1 、关系代词引导的定语从句 1) who, whom, that 这些词代替的先行词是人的名词或代词，在从句中所起作用如下： Is he the man who/that wants to see you?（who/that在从句中作主语） He is the man whom/ that I saw yesterday.（whom/that在从句中作宾语） 2) whose 用来指人或物，（只用作定语，若指物，它还可以同of which互换），例如：　 Please pass me the book whose (of which) cover is green.　 3) which, that 它们所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可作主语、宾语等，例如： A prosperity which / that had never been seen before appears in the countryside.（which / that在句中作宾语） The package (which / that) you are carrying is about to come unwrapped. (which / that在句中作宾语) 关系代词that和which 都可以指物，that 和Who 都可以指人，其用法区别： 不用that的情况： a) 在引导非限定性定语从句时 (错)The tree, that is four hundred years old, is very famous here. b) 介词后不能用 We depend on the land from which we get our food. c) 多用who 的情况 ①关系代词在从句中做主语 A friend who helps you in time of need is a real friend. ②先行词为those, people 时 Those who were either fools or unfit for their offices could not see the cloth. ③先行词为all, anyone, ones, one 指人时 One who doesn"t work hard will never succeed in his work. ④在There be句型中 There is a stranger who wants to see you. ⑤在被分隔的定语从句中 A new teacher will come tomorrow who will teach you German. ⑥在有两个定语从句的句子中，其一用who，其二用that,但若先行词后接两个以上的并列定语从句时，后一个必须重复前一个关系代词。 The student who was praised at the meeting is the monitor that is very modest and studies very hard. There is a teacher who is always ready to help others and who enjoys what he does. 2) 只能用that作为定语从句的关系代词的情况 a)在不定代词，如：anything, nothing, everything, all, much, few, any, little等作先行词时，只用that，不用which。 All that is needed is a supply of oil. Finally, the thief handed everything that he had stolen to the police.　 b)先行词有the only, the very, the just修饰时，只用that。　 He is the very man that helped the girl out of the water. c)先行词为序数词(the last)、数词、形容词级时，只用that。 The first English book that I read was "The Prince and the Pauper" by Mark Twin. d)先行词既有人，又有物时。 He talked about the teachers and schools that he visited. e)当主句是以who 或which 开始的特殊疑问句时，用that 以避免重复。 Who is the person that is standing at the gate. f)关系代词在从句中做表语 He is not the man that he used to be. 2 、关系副词引导的定语从句 关系副词可代替的先行词是时间、地点、方式或理由的名词，在从句中作状语。 关系副词when, where, why, how的含义相当于"介词+ which"结构，因此常常和"介词+ which"结构交替使用，例如： There are occasions when (on which) one must yield.　 Beijing is the place where (in which) I was born.　　 Is this the reason why (for which) he refused our offer?　 I"m surprised the way how (by which) he works out the problem. 注意： ①在非限制性定语从句中，"介词+ which"结构不能代替关系副词。 如：They set up a state for their own , where they would be free to keep Negroes as slaves. ②含有介词短语的动词一般不能拆开，介词仍放在动词后面。 Is this the book which (that) she was looking for? 3、名词/数词/代词 /形容词级 + 介词 + 关系代词引导定语从句 She has written a book , the name of which I have forgotten. There are fifty-five students in our class , all of whom are working hard. There are five continents in the world , the largest of which is Asia. 4、as, which 引导非限定性定语从句的差别 由as, which 引导的非限定性定语从句，as和which可代整个主句，相当于and this或and that。As一般放在句首，which在句中。 As we know, smoking is harmful to one"s health. The sun heats the earth, which is very important to us.　　 as可引导非限制性从句，常带有“正如”的意思。 As is know, smoking is harmful to one"s health. 用法区别： (1) as 引导的定语从句可置于句首，而which不可。 As we all know, he never smokes. (2) as 代表前面的整个主句并在从句中作主语时，从句中的谓语必须是系动词；若为行为动词，则从句中的关系代词只能用which。 (3)非限定性定语从句中出现expect, think, suppose 等表示猜测、想象、预料等时。 She succeeded in her doing the research work , as we expected. (4)As 的用法 the same… as; such…as 中的as 是一种固定结构, 和……一样……。 I should like to use the same tool as is used here. We should have such a dictionary as he is using.定语从句语法专项练习习题精选 用适当的关系词填空： 1. I still remember the night _______I first came to the house. 2. I"ll never forget the day________ we met each other last week. 3. Mr Black is going to Beijing in October, _______is the best season there. 4. I will never forget the days _______I spent with your family. 5. I"ll never forget the last day______ we spent together. 6. This is the school ______I used to study.　 7. Do you still remember the place______ we visited last week? 8. Do you still remember the place_______ we visited the painting exhibition? 9. Have you ever been to Hangzhou,_____is famous for the West Lake? 10. Have you ever bee to Hangzhou, ______lies the West Lake? 11. Tom will go to Shanghai,______live his two brothers. 12. I live in Beijing,____is the capital of China. 13. There was a time ______there were slaves in the USA. 14. It is the third time ______you have made the same mistake. 15. It was in the street _____I met John yesterday. 16. It was about 600 years ago____the first clock with a face and an hour hand was made. 17. The moment _____I saw you, I recognized(认出)you. 18. This is the very novel about____we"ve talked so much. 19. This is the way____he did it. 20. Who is the student _____was late for school today? 21. Who _____knows him wants to make friends with him? 22. What else was there in my brother____you didn"t like? 23. He lives in the room____window faces to the south. 24. He lives in the room, the window_____faces to the south. 25. This is Mr. John for____son I brought a book yesterday. 26. This is Mr. John for_____I bought a book yesterday. 27. This is the hour_____the place is always full of women and children. 28. And there is one point ______I"d like your advice. 29. Winter is the time of year______the days are short and nights are long. 30. I hope you will find this valley a beautiful place____you may spend your weekend. KEYS: 1. when 2. when 3. which 4. that/which 5. that 6. where 7. that/which 8. where 9. which 10. where 11. where 12. which 13. when 14. that 15. that 16. that 17. (that) 18. which 19. (that/in which) 20.that 21.that 22 that 23.whose 24. of which 25. whose 26. whom 27. when 28. that 29. that 30. where

这篇关于经典初中定语从句语法讲解，是 考 网特地为大家整理的，希望对大家有所帮助！ 　　(一)定语从句的结构:在复合句中,修饰某个名词或代词的句子(做这个名词或代词的定语)叫定语从句,定语从句一般放在被修饰的名词或代词后面,被修饰的名词或代词叫做定语从句的先行词,它与定语从句之间要有一个词连接,这个词指代先行词的内容叫做关系词(关系代词或关系副词:that, which, who, whose, when, where, why)。先行词在定语从句中充当主语,宾语,时间,地点,原因状语。 　　结构:先行词+关系词+定语从句。 　　1. There she saw a wall of water that was quickly advancing towards her. 　　2. In Japan, someone who sees another person making the gesture will think it means money. 　　3. A theme park is a collection of rides, exhibitions or other attractions that are based on a common theme. 　　4. The park has a conservation center that helps protect marine animals and their habitats in the rivers and coastal waters of Asia. 　　5. Visitors can go on exciting rides where they can feel what it is like to do the things they have seen their heroes do in the movie. 　　6. Oprah Winfrey is a black woman whose rise to fame is an inspiring story. 　　(二)定语从句分为限定性定语从句和非限定性定语从句: 　　限定性定语从句:从句对先行词进行必要的描述或说明,缺少它,则句义显得不完整,从句与先行词紧密相连。 　　非限定性定语从句:对先行词进行补充说明,解释,它与先行词之间有逗号隔开。 　　1. Before she could move, she heard a loud noise, which grew to a terrible roar. 　　2. Tree after tree went down, cut down by the water, which must have been three meters deep. 　　3. Flora, whose beautiful hair and dress were all cold and wet, started crying. 　　4. Their talk includes rhythm and rhyming words as well as tongue twisters, which often make the audience applaud. 　　(三)关系词前面可以根据定语从句的内容加上一些介词,这些关系词在介词后面常用which 或whom. 　　1. There was a man with whom I would have to work together and finally the manager of the company. 　　2. Many people who saw the film were afraid to swim in the sea when they remembered the scenes in which people were eaten by the shark. 　知识重点与难点 　　(一)当先行词有级,序数词修饰,是不定代词,或是all, no, only等形式时,关系代词一般用that,而不能用which。 　　1. The Titanic was the largest ship that had ever been built at that time. 　　2. There is one thing that keeps worrying me. 　　(二)当先行词是表示时间,地点,原因的词时,关系词用when, where, why 还有which, that 　　1. I"m very glad to return to my hometown where I had lived for 10 years. 　　2. This is my hometown which I used to talk about to you. 　　3. I think I can understand the reason why he didn"t tell the truth to me. 　　4. No one believes the reason that he gave us about his absence at the meeting. 　　(三)定语从句的简化表达: 　　1. The man who is sitting on the platform is a professor from Wuhan University. 　　2. The letter that was mailed last night will reach him tomorrow. 　　3. The question that is being discussed is very important. 　　4. You are welcome to a party to be given in our class at 7:45. 　　说明:以上的定语从句部分可以用更加简单的非谓语形式表达出来: 　　1. The man sitting on the platform is a professor from Wuhan University. 　　2. The letter mailed last night will reach him tomorrow. 　　3. The question being discussed is very important. 　　4. You are welcome to a party to be given in our class at 7:45. 　说明:修饰一个名词除了后面用定语从句以外,还可以用非谓语动词形式:doing短语,done短语,being done短语,to be done短语修饰。其结构和意思如下: 　　1. 被修饰名词+doing短语: 正在做….的人/正在发生的事。 　　2. 被修饰名词+ done短语: 被…..的人/事 　　3. 被修饰名词+being done短语:正在被…..的人/事 　　4. 被修饰名词+ to be done短语:将要被…..的人/事 　　(1)Do you know the man talking to my sister ? 　　(2)The "crazy" gesture, moving the index finger in a circle in front of the ear, means "you have a phone call" in Brazil. 　　(3)Did you see that car being repaired ? 　　(4)In a camera, the lens must be focused on the object to be photographed. 　　(5)The students to attend the meeting will arrive here tomorrow. 　　(7)The Yellow River, said to be "the mother river" runs across China like a huge dragon. 　　总结:以上做定语的那些短语就是英语语法中所说的分词,不定式的各种形式作定语。 　　1. 这些短语作定语应放在被修饰名词的后面。如果单独一个V-ing或V-ed形式作定语,则可以放在被修饰名词前面。 　　2. 分词作定语时,其动作应与全句动作同时发生。V-ing表示主动意义和正在做,V-ed表示被动意义。being done表示正在被做的 　　3. 不定式作定语表示将要发生的,to be done表示将要被做的

。。 看来不需要把所有的告诉你举个例子The man whom we saw yesterday is my teacher.whom代指the man做句子的宾语, 句子是 昨天我们看见的那个人是我的老师， 此处用定语从句来描述 昨天看见的那个人不过whom是who的宾格，你要是想换成who可以这么写Yesterday we saw the man who is my teacher.who在这里是主语~~~ 详细的看百度去吧

定语从句是英语学习的难点，也是考研英语考查的重点。掌握考研英语的定语从句需要从以下维度的内容进行学习：　　一、定义　　定语从句是指在句中做定语作用，修饰句中的名词或代词的从句，其中被修饰的名词或代词为先行词。当关系代词作定语从句的主语时，其后的谓语动词的人称和数取决于先行词的人称和数。　　二、定语从句的结构　　定语从句一般位于先行词的后面，定语从句由关系代词who, whom, whose, that, which，that, as和关系副词when, where, why等引导。　　（一） 关系代词引导的定语从句　　关系代词所代替的先行词是人或物的名词或代词，并在句中充当主语、宾语、定语等成分。关系代词在定语从句中做主语时，从句谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致。　　（1）who, whom, that　　这些词代替的先行词是人的名词或代词，在从句中做主语和宾语。例如：　　·Is he the man who/that wants to see you?　　他就是你想见的人吗？（who/that在从句中做主语）　　·He is the man whom/ that I saw yesterday.　　他就是我昨天见的那个人。（whom/that在从句中做宾语）　　（2）whose 用作关系词表示所属格，也可看作是关系形容词，因为它后面必须接一个名词连用。不能单独使用。例如：　　·They rushed over to help the man whose car had broken down.　　那人车坏了，大家都跑过去帮忙。　　（3）which, that所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可做主语、宾语等。作宾语时常可省略。例如：　　·A prosperity which / that had never been seen before appears in the countryside.　　农村出现了前所未有的繁荣。（which / that在句中作宾语）　　（二）关系副词引导的定语从句　　关系副词可代替的先行词是时间、地点或理由的名词，在从句中作状语。　　（1）关系副词when, where, why的含义相当于"介词+ which"结构，因此常常和"介词+ which"结构交替使用。例如：　　·There are occasions when（on which）one must yield.　　任何人都有不得不屈服的时候。　　·Beijing is the place where（in which）I was born.　　北京是我的出生地。　　·Is this the reason why（for which）he refused our offer?　　这就是他拒绝我们帮助他的理由吗？　　（2）that代替关系副词，可以用于表示时间、地点、方式、理由的名词后取代when, where, why和"介词+ which"引导的定语从句，在口语中that常被省略。例如：　　·His father died the year（that / when / in which）he was born.　　他父亲在他出生那年逝世了。　　· He is unlikely to find the place（that / where / in which）he lived forty years ago.他不大可能找到他四十年前居住过的地方。　　(三) 限制性和非限制性定语从句　　（1）定语从句有限制性和非限制性两种。限制性定语从句是先行词不可缺少的部分，去掉它主句意思往往不明确；非限制性定语从句是先行词的附加说明，去掉了也不会影响主句的意思，它与主句之间通常用逗号分开。例如：　　·This is the house which we bought last month.　　这是我们上个月买的那幢房子。（限制性）　　·The house, which we bought last month, is very nice.　　这幢房子很漂亮，是我们上个月买的。（非限制性）　　（2） 当先行词是专有名词或物主代词和指示代词所修饰时，其后的定语从句通常是非限制性的。例如：　　·Charles Smith, who was my former teacher, retired last year.　　查理·史密斯去年退休了，他曾经是我的老师。　　·My house, which I bought last year, has got a lovely garden.　　我去年买的那幢房子带着个漂亮的花园。　　· This novel, which I have read three times, is very touching.　　这本小说很动人，我已经读了三遍。　　（3） 非限制性定语从句还能将整个主句作为先行词, 对其进行修饰, 这时从句谓语动词要用第三人称单数。例如：　　·He seems not to have grasped what I meant, which greatly upsets me.　　他似乎没抓住我的意思，这使我心烦。　　·Liquid water changes to vapor, which is called evaporation.　　液态水变为蒸汽，这就叫做蒸发。　　说明：关系代词that和关系副词why不能引导非限制性定语从句。　　(四) 介词+关系词　　（1）介词后面的关系词不能省略。　　（2）that前不能有介词。　　（3）某些在从句中充当时间，地点或原因状语的"介词+关系词"结构可以同关系副词when 和where 互换。例如：　　·This is the house in which I lived two years ago.　　↓　　这是我两年前住过的房子。　　↑　　·This is the house where I lived two years ago.　　·Do you remember the day on which you joined our club?　　↓　　还记得你加入我们俱乐部的那一天吗？　　↑　　·Do you remember the day when you joined our club?（五） as, which 引导的非限定性定语从句　　由as, which 引导的非限定性定语从句，as和which可代整个主句，相当于and this或and that。As一般放在句首，which在句中。例如：　　·As we know, smoking is harmful to one"s health.　　如我们所知，吸烟有害健康。　　·The sun heats the earth, which is very important to us.　　太阳使地球暖起来，这对我们人类很重要。　　【特别提示】 as 和which在引导非限制性定语从句时，这两个关系代词都指主句所表达的整个意思，且在定语从句中都可以做主语和宾语。但不同之处主要有两点：　　a）as 引导的定语从句可置于句首，而which不可。　　b）as 代表前面的整个主句并在从句中做主语时，从句中的谓语必须是系动词；若为行为动词，则从句中的关系代词只能用which.。　　三、翻译方法　　定语从语从句有以下五种翻译方法：　　① 前置法：这是定语从句的翻译中较常见的一种，即把定语从句的内容翻译成"…………的"，放在被修饰词的前面。这种方法的使用有一个原则即是定语从句内容简短，翻译符合汉语表达习惯。　　② 后置法：与前置法不同，后置法就是把定语从句的翻译放在被修饰词之后，这样做的目的在于使译文符合汉语的表达习惯。在此，定语从句的后置翻译分为三类：由which引导定语从句时一般翻译为"这"；另一些引导词则在翻译时重复先行词，即被修饰词；还有一些引导词在翻译时可以省略不译。　　③ 融合法：在限制性定语从句中，由于定语从句与主句关系紧密，所以定语从句往往翻译成句子的谓语部分，主语即是定语从句的先行词。这里讲的融合法即是将定语从句与主句融合为一个简单句的方法。这种用法往往用在"there be"结构带有定语从句的句型中。。　　④ 状译法：英语的定语从句中有一类在形式上是主句的定语从句，而其所起的作用却相当于主句的状语，修饰主句的谓语或者全句。这种状语功能常常包括原因、结果、目的、条件、让步等，所以我们在翻译时需要弄清主句和定语从句之间的逻辑关系，从而是译文通顺合理，符合汉语表达习惯。　　【真题例句】　　Behaviorists suggest that the child who is raised in an environment where there are many stimuli which develop his or her capacity for appropriate responses will experience greater intellectual development.　　【解析】　　句子可拆分为：Behaviorists suggest //that the child //who is raised in an environment //where there are many stimuli// which develop his or her capacity for appropriate responses// will experience greater intellectual development.　　is raised是从属连词who从句的动词；are是where从句的动词；develop是which从句的动词；由于跟在从属连词后的动词不可能是主句的谓语动词，所以前面提到的三个动词全都不是主句的谓语动词。这时，句子里还有两个动词：suggest和will experience；经过分析，will experience前有从属连词that，所以也只是从句的动词。可以得出：本句的谓语动词是suggest。　　本句的主干即是Behaviorists suggest that ...；that引导suggest的宾语从句，动词是will experience；who引导修饰child的定语从句，动词为is raised；where引导修饰environment的定语从句，动词为are；which引导修饰stimuli的定语从句，动词为develop。　　【参考译文】　　行为主义者的看法是，如果一个儿童在有许多刺激物的环境里成长，而这些刺激物能够发展其作出适当反应的能力，那么，这个儿童将会有更高的智力发展。

定语从句：在复合句中作定语用修饰句子中某一名词或代词的从句叫定语从句。① 定语从句的位置：放在名词或代词的后面。如：The man who has an umbrella in his hand is my uncle. (手上抓了一把雨伞的人是我的叔叔。)② 语法术语的改变：被修饰的名词或代词称为先行词；引导定语从句的连接词称为关系词,其中that、which、who称为关系代词,where、when、how称为关系副词。③ 关系代词或关系副词的作用：关系代词who、whom 和whose指人,分别在从句中作主语、宾语和定语。which指物that多指物, 有时也指人,它们在从句中可以作主语或宾语。定语从句中关系代词作从句宾语时可以省略。This is the thief (that/who/whom) we have been looking for these days. (这个就是我们近日一直在找的小偷。) / Please find a room which is big enough for all of us to live in. (请找一间足够大能住下我们全体的房间。)关系副词when或where引导定语从句时,它们在从句中分别作时间状语和地点状语。如：This is the room where they had a quarrel a week ago. (这是一个星期前他们吵架的房间。) / I can never forget the day when I first saw you. (我永远不会忘记第一次见到你的日子。) ④ 限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句。限制性定语从句在句中不能省略,否则主句意思就不完整。非限制性定语从句和主句之间往往用逗号分开,这种从句是一种附加说明,如果从句子中省去,也不致于影响主句的意思。如：She spent the whole evening talking about her latest book, which none of us had heard of. (她一个晚上都在谈论她最近的书,我们一个人都没有听说过那本书。)[注解]1、关系代词只能用that的情况：当先行词是指事物的不定代词(all, anything等),或先行词部分含有最高级,或含有序数词时,不能用其他的关系代词,只能用that. 如：All that Lily told me seems untrue. (Lily告诉我的话似乎不真实。) / Can you give me anything that has no sugar inside? (能不能给我点里面没有糖的东西？) / This is the first two-story bus that runs in our city. (这是第一辆运行于我市的双层公交车。) 2、关系代词在从句中作主语时一般用who(指人)、that(指物),而不用that指人或用which指物。 如：Do you know the woman who is weeping in the corner? (你认识那个在角落里哭泣的女人吗？) / Do not tell me any words that have nothing to do with me. (跟我无关的话,请一个字也不要说。)3、关系代词作从句的宾语时,常用which或whom,较少使用that或who,而且,关系代词常常省略。如：Tom"s father was the first parent whom our teacher talked to. (Tom的父亲是我们老师第一个谈话的人。) 4、当关系代词紧跟在介词后面时,必须用which或whom,而当介词移到句尾时,则又可以使用that或who. 如：This is the room in which Miss Li once lived. (= This is the room Miss Li once lived in.) (这是李小姐曾经居住过的房间。)(5) 主语从句：在句子中充当句子主语的从句叫主语从句。位于谓语动词之前。通常由that,whether以及疑问连词引导。一般情况下,常用it替代主语从句,而将主语从句移到句尾。如：When we should start is still a question. (我们该在什么时候开始还是个问题呢。)

定语从句是由关系代词和关系副词引导的从句,其作用是作定语修饰主句的某个成分,定语从句分为限定性和非限定性从句两种.状语从句分为时间状语从句,结果状语从句,让步状语从句,原因状语从句,条件状语从句以及行为方式状语从句.名词从句包括主语从句,宾语从句,表语从句和同位语从句及there be句型. 一、 限定性定语从句 1. that即可代表事物也可代表人,which代表事物；它们在从句中作主语或宾语,that在从句中作宾语时常可省略关系词,which在从句中作宾语则不能省略.而且,如果which在从句中作“不及物动词＋介词”的介词的宾语,注意介词不要丢掉,而且介词总是放在关系代词which的前边,但有的则放在它原来的位置 2. which作宾语时,根据先行词与定语从句之间的语义关系,先行词与which之间的介词不能丢 3. 代表物时多用which,但在带有下列词的句子中用that而不用which,这些词包括all, anything, much等,这时的that常被省略 4. who和whom引导的从句用来修饰人,分别作从句中的主语和宾语,whom作宾语时,要注意它可以作动词的宾语也可以作介词的宾语 5. where是关系副词,用来表示地点的定语从句 6. when引导定语从句表示时间 〔注〕值得一提的是,表示时间“time"一词的定语从句只用when引导,有时不用任何关系代词,当然也不用that引导 By the time you arrive in London, we will have stayed there for two weeks. I still remember the first time I met her. Each time he goes to besiness trip, he brings a lot of living necessities, such as towers, soap, toothbrush etc. 7. whose是关系代词,修饰名词作定语,相当于所修饰成分的前置所有格 8. 当从句的逻辑主语是some, any, no, somebody, anybody, nobody, something, anything, everything或nothing时,常用there is来引导 二、非限定性定语从句：非限定性定语从句的作用是对所修饰的成分作进一步说明,通常和主句间用逗号隔开,将从句拿掉后其他部分仍可成立 1. which引导的非限定性定语从句来说明前面整个句子的情况或主句的某一部分 2. 在引导限定性定语从句时,that有时相当于in which, at which, for which或at which Attitudes towards daydreaming are changing in much the same way that(in which) attitudes towards night dreaming have changed. 人们对白日做梦的态度正在改变,这与人们对夜间做梦的看法的变化有非常相似之处. I like the music for the very reason that(for which) he dislike it. 我出于某种原因喜欢这种音乐,而他恰恰与我相反. We arrived the day that(on which) they left. 刚好我们到的那天他们走了. 3. 有时as也可用作关系代词 4. 在非限定性定语从句中,不能用that,而用who, whom代表人,用which代表事物 三、定语从句结构错误 1. 缺关系词 2. 从句中缺成分 摘自《简明英语语法》 在英文中,有两种定语从句：限定性定语从句与非限定性定语从句.这两种定语从句在其功能和形式方面都有明显的区别： 限定性定语从句限定性定语从句与主句的关系很紧奏,对其先行词起限定、修饰的作用.如果将其去掉,会影响句子意思的完整性；有时甚至于引起费解、误解.例如： Rainforests are being cleared for valuable timber and other resources to speed up the economic growth of the nationsin which they are located . 为了加速他们各自所在国家的经济发展,热带雨林作为有价值的原木和其他资源正为人们所砍伐. Ocean currents affect the climates of the lands near which they flow. 洋流影响其流经的附近地区的气候. They explained the reason to us why they had hated us before. 他们向我们解释为什么他们不喜欢我们的原因. 非限定性定语从句非限定性定语从句在形式上就与主句很松散,它与主句之间有一个逗点","隔开；它对其先行词没有限定、修饰的作用,只起补充、说明的作用.有时也用它来对全句进行补充、说明.即使将其去掉,也不会影响句子意思.由于上述原因,非限定性定语从句在表达意思方面也有别于限定性定语从句.另外,非限定性定语从句在中文译文里,我们往往将其作为一个分句处理,而不把它作定语翻译. 例如：Earlier , the Babylonians had attempted to map the world , but they presented it in the form of a flattened disc rather than a sphere , which was the form adopted by Ptolemy . （此句中,非限定性定语从句是对先行词a sphere进行补充、说明.） 更早之前,巴比伦人曾试图绘制世界地图,但是他们把它绘制成平盘状而不是托勒密所采用的球体状. The bination of satellites, which tran *** it information , puters , which store information , and television , which displays information , will change every home into an education and entertainment center . （此句中,三个非限定性定语从句分别对三个先行词：satellites ,puters和television进行补充、说明.如果去掉这三个非限定性定语从句,那么句子可简化为： The bination of satellites , puters and television will change every home into an education and entertainment center .）卫星能传输信息,计算机能储存信息,电视能显示信息,把这些手段结合起来可以使每个家庭都成为教育娱乐的中心. The sun heats the earth , which makes it possible for plants to grow .（此句中,非限定性定语从句是对全句进行补充、说明,将全句表达的意思看成"一件事情）.太阳给予大地热,这就使植物的生长成为可能. The old man has a son , who is in the army .（此句中,非限定性定语从句是对先行词son进行补充、说明.但本句所传达的信息是："这位老人只有一个儿子" .如果将此句改写成限定性定语从句： The old man has a son who is in the army . 那位老人有一个在部队工作的儿子.那么,限定性定语从句就要对先行词son进行限定、修饰.这样一来,句子所传达的信息就变成了："这位老人有一个儿子在部队工作,还有其他的儿子在干别的工作".）那位老人有一个儿子,他在部队工作.

一、基本概念（一） 定语从句在复合句中作定语，修饰名词或代词的从句叫定语从句。（二） 先行词被定语从句所修饰的名词或代词。一般情况下，定语从句紧跟先行词。但也有因各种原因定语从句与先行词被分割的现象。（三）关系代词和关系副词定语从句的引导词。与先行词关系密切，因此紧跟先行词，并在定语从句中充当一个成分。关系代词有：who, whom, which, that和whose, 另外，as也可充当关系代词。关系代词在定语从句中充当主语、宾语、表语和定语。关系副词有：when, where和why。在定语从句中充当状语。二、关系代词的用法（一）基本用法根据先行词的不同，和在从句中所充当的成分不同，选用不同的关系代词。如下表：关系词 先行词 从句成分 例句 备注关系代词 who 人 主语，宾语 Do you know the man who is talking with your mother? whom, which和that在从句中做宾语时，常可以省略，但介词提前时后面关系代词不能省略，也不可以用that whom 人 宾语 Mr. Smith is the person with whom I am workingThe boy (whom) she loved died in the war. whose 人，物 定语 I like those books whose topics are about history.The boy whose father works abroad is my classmate. that 人，物 主语，宾语 A plane is a machine that

被修饰的词叫先行词。定语从句不同于单词作定语的情况，它需要放在被修饰的词（即先行词）之后。定语从句一般由关系代词来引导。关系代词必须放在定语从句之首。定语从句（Attributive Clauses）在句中做定语，修饰一个名词或代词，被修饰的名词,词组或代词即先行词。定语从句通常出现在先行词之后，由关系词（关系代词或关系副词）引出。　　　　关系代词引导的定语从句　　关系代词所代替的先行词是人或物的名词或代词，并在句中充当主语、宾语、定语等成分。关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致。　　1）who, whom, that　　这些词代替的先行词是人的名词或代词，在从句中所起作用如下：　　Is he the man who/that wants to see you?　　他就是想见你的人吗？（who/that在从句中作主语）　　He is the man whom/ that I saw yesterday.　　他就是我昨天见的那个人。（whom/that在从句中作宾语）　　2) Whose 用来指人或物，(只用作定语, 若指物，它还可以同of which互换）, 例如：　　They rushed over to help the man whose car had broken down. 那人车坏了，大家都跑过去帮忙。　　Please pass me the book whose (of which) cover is green. 请递给我那本绿皮的书。　　3）which, that　　它们所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可作主语、宾语等，例如：　　A prosperity which / that had never been seen before appears in the countryside. 农村出现了前所未有的繁荣。（which / that在句中作主语）　　The package (which / that) you are carrying is about to come unwrapped. 你拿的包快散了。(which / that在句中作宾语）　　关系副词引导的定语从句　　关系副词可代替的先行词是时间、地点或理由的名词，在从句中作状语。　　1）when, where, why　　关系副词when, where, why的含义相当于"介词+ which"结构，因此常常和"介词+ which"结构交替使用，例如：　　There are occasions when (on which) one must yield. 任何人都有不得不屈服的时候。　　Beijing is the place where (in which) I was born. 北京是我的出生地。　　Is this the reason why (for which) he refused our offer? 这就是他拒绝我们帮助他的理由吗？　　2）that代替关系副词　　that可以用于表示时间、地点、方式、理由的名词后取代when, where, why和"介词+ which"引导的定语从句，在口语中that常被省略，例如：　　His father died the year (that / when / in which) he was born. 他父亲在他出生那年逝世了。　　He is unlikely to find the place (that / where / in which) he lived forty years ago. 他不大可能找到他四十年前居住过的地方。　　判断关系代词与关系副词　　　方法一： 用关系代词，还是关系副词完全取决于从句中的谓语动词。及物动词后面无宾语，就必须要求用关系代词；而不及物动词则要求用关系副词。例如：　　This is the mountain village where I stayed last year.　　I"ll never forget the days when I worked together with you.　　判断改错（注：先显示题，再显示答案，横线；用不同的颜色表示 出。）　　（错） This is the mountain village where I visited last year.　　（错） I will never forget the days when I spent in the countryside.　　（对） This is the mountain village (which) I visited last year.　　（对） I"ll never forget the days (which) I spent in the countryside.　　习惯上总把表地点或时间的名词与关系副词 where, when联系在一起。此两题错在关系词的误用上。　　方法二： 准确判断先行词在定语从句中的成分(主、谓、宾、定、状)，也能正确选择出关系代词/关系副2从句结构编辑先行词指被定语从句修饰的名词、代词。一般先行词出现在定语从句的前面。　[1]关联词关联词常有2个作用：①连接作用，引导定语从句。②代替先行词，在定语从句中担当一个成分。注：关系代词有主语、宾语、定语之分。一般who做主语或其宾格形式的whom做宾语，whose作为定语（whom，whose不可省略）。关系代词在从句中作主语，宾语，定语等，关系副词在从句中作地点状语（where）时间状语（when），原因状语（why）。[1]定语定语用来限定、修饰名词或代词，是对名词或代词起修饰、限定作用的词、短语（动词不定式短语、动名词表示的）汉语中常用“……的”表示。主要由形容词担任，此外，名词、代词、数词、分词、副词、不定式以及介词短语也可以来担任，也可以由一个句子来担任。单词作定语时通常放在它所修饰的词之前，作前置定语。短语、从句作定语时则放在所修饰的词之后，作后置定语。被定语从句修饰的名词、代词称为先行词。如“the girl”，“the book”如:She is the girl who likes singing. 她就是那个喜欢唱歌的女孩。这就是一个定语从句。[1]3关系代词编辑关系代词所代替的先行词是人或物的名词或代词，并在从句中充当主语、宾语、定语等成分。关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致。1、who, whom, that限定性定语从句中的关系代词作主语作宾语作定语指人who/thatwhom/that(可省略)whose指物which/thatwhich/that(可省略)whose指人和物 that that whose 非限定性定语从句中的关系代词作主语作宾语作定语指人whowhomwhose/of whom指物whichwhichwhose/of which特殊情况：只能用that的情况，先行词为everything，all，little，much等不定代词时；先行词被all，every，no，any，some，little，much，one修饰时；先行词被the only，the very，the same，the last修饰时；先行词被序数词或形容词最高级修饰时；先行词是be的表语或there be 的主语时；先行词有人又有物时；当主句是以who或which开头的特殊疑问句时。不能用that的情况介词前置时；非限定性定语从句中这些词代替指人，whom在定语从句中指人，"who"和“that”既可作主语又可作宾语（作宾语可以省略），可以指人也可以指物（who不可指物）。在从句中所起作用如下：（1）Is he the man who/that wants to see you? 他是那个想见你的男人吗？（who/that在从句中作主语）（2）He is the man （whom/that） I saw yesterday. 他就是我昨天见到的那个人。（whom/that在从句中作宾语）（3）The man whom you spoke to just now is our English teacher. 刚刚和你说话的那个男人是我们的英语老师。（whom在从句中作宾语）注：who在定语从句中指人，作主语和宾语，作宾语时可省略；做及物动词或介词的宾语，可省略。　[1]2,which，that 用来指物（有六种情况只可用that而不用which）(用作主语、宾语，作宾语时可以省略），例如：（1）The prosperity which/that had never appeared before took on in the countryside.农村出现了前所未有的繁荣。（which/that在从句中作主语）（2）The package (which/that) you are carrying is about to come unwrapped.你拿那个包裹快要散开了。（which/that在从句中作宾语）注：which在定语从句中指物，可作主语或及物动词或介词的宾语，作宾语时可省略；that在定语从句中既可指人又可指物，在定语从句中作主语、宾语和表语，作宾语时可省略，指人时，相当于who或whom，指物时，相当于which，作介词宾语时，介词不可提到that前，当介词提前时，需要用which或whom来代替。[1]2、whose(只用作定语)“whose”表示谁（可以为人也可以为物）的（东西）例：A child whose parents are dead is called an orphan.双亲都死了的孩子叫做孤儿。（“whose parents”表示那个孩子的双亲）He lives in a room whose window faces south.他住的那个房子的窗户是朝南的。（“whose”表示那个房子的窗户）关系代词：在句中作主语、宾语或定语。1. that既可代表事物也可代表人，“which”代表事物；它们在从句中作主语或宾语，作宾语可省略“that”在从句中作宾语时常可省略关系词，“which”在从句省略。[eg：This is the book （which）you want.]2.不及物动词+介词”的介词的宾语代词“which”放在它原来的位置。3. 代表物时的that常被省略；c）被形容词最高级修饰时；既有人又有物时；e）整个句中前面已有“which”，“why”行关系副词：在句中作状语关系副词=介词+关系代词why=for whichwhere=in/ at/ on which（介词同先行词搭配）when=during/ on/ in/……1. “where”是关系副词，当然也不用“that”引导。By the time when you arrived in London, we had stayed there for two weeks. 当你到达伦敦的时候，我们在那里已经待了两个星期。I still remember the place where I met her for the first time. 我仍然记得我第一次见到她的地方。Each time when he goes to business trip, he brings a lot of living necessities, such as towels, soap, toothbrush etc. 他每次出差都带着生活必需品，如毛巾，肥皂，牙刷等其他东西。2. 当从句的逻辑主语是some, any, no, somebody, anybody, nobody, something, anything, everything或nothing时，常用“there is”开头。There is somebody here who wants to talk to you. 这里有人要和你说话。分作进一步说明，通常是引导词和先行词之间用逗号隔开，将从句拿掉后其他部分仍可成立。4关系副词编辑1、why关系副词why主要用于修饰表原因的名词（主要是the reason），同时它在定语从句中用作原因状语。如：We don"t know the reason why he didn"t show up. 我们不知道他为什么没有来。She didn"t tell me the reason why she refused the offer. 她没跟我讲她拒绝这项工作的原因。与关系副词when和where不同，why可以换成that或省略。如：That"s one of the reasons (why, that) I asked you to come. 这就是我请你来的原因之一。另外，与关系副词when和where可以引导非限制性定语从句不一样，why只能引导限制性定语从句，不能引导非限制性定语从句。如：他失去工作的主要原因是他喝酒。误：The main reason, why he lost his job, was that he drank.正：The main reason why he lost his job was that he drank.(同位语从句)2、when关系副词when主要用于修饰表时间的名词，同时它在定语从句中用作时间状语。如：There comes a time when you have to make a choice. 你必须作出抉择的时候到了。Gone are the days when they could do what they liked. 他们为所欲为的日子一去不复返了。We"ll put off the picnic until next week, when the weather may be better. 我们将把野餐推迟到下星期，那时天气可能会好一点。注意不要一见到先行词为时间名词，就以为一定要用关系副词when来引导定语从句，同时还要看它在定语从句中充当什么成分——如果在定语从句中用作时间状语，就用when；如果在定语从句中不是用作时间状语，而是用作主语或宾语，那就不能用when，而要用that, which等。如：Don"t forget the time (that, which) I"ve told you. 不要忘记我告诉你的时间。关系代词that / which在定语从句中用作动词told的宾语，正因为是用作宾语，所以也可以省略。3、where关系副词where主要用于修饰表地点的名词，同时它在定语从句中用作地点状语。如：This is the village where he was born. 这就是他出生的村子。That"s the hotel where we were staying last summer. 这就是我们去年夏天住的旅馆。Barbary was working in Aubury, where she went daily in a bus.巴巴拉在奥伯里工作，每天得坐公共汽车去上班。与前面when的情况一样，注意不要一见到先行词为地点名词，就以为一定要用关系副词where来引导定语从句，同时还要看它在定语从句中充当什么成分——如果在定语从句中用作地点状语，就用where；如果在定语从句中不是用作地点状语，而是用作主语或宾语，那就不能用where，而要用that, which等。如：He works in a factory that [which] makes TV sets. 他在一家电视机厂工作。

一、 限定性定语从句1. that即可代表事物也可代表人，which代表事物；它们在从句中作主语或宾语，that在从句中作宾语时常可省略关系词，which在从句中作宾语则不能省略。而且，如果which在从句中作“不及物动词＋介词”的介词的宾语，注意介词不要丢掉，而且介词总是放在关系代词which的前边，但有的则放在它原来的位置2. which作宾语时，根据先行词与定语从句之间的语义关系，先行词与which之间的介词不能丢3. 代表物时多用which，但在带有下列词的句子中用that而不用which，这些词包括all, anything, much等，这时的that常被省略4. who和whom引导的从句用来修饰人，分别作从句中的主语和宾语，whom作宾语时，要注意它可以作动词的宾语也可以作介词的宾语5. where是关系副词，用来表示地点的定语从句6. when引导定语从句表示时间〔注〕值得一提的是，表示时间“time"一词的定语从句只用when引导，有时不用任何关系代词，当然也不用that引导By the time you arrive in London, we will have stayed there for two weeks.I still remember the first time I met her.Each time he goes to besiness trip, he brings a lot of living necessities, such as towers, soap, toothbrush etc.7. whose是关系代词，修饰名词作定语，相当于所修饰成分的前置所有格8. 当从句的逻辑主语是some, any, no, somebody, anybody, nobody, something, anything, everything或nothing时，常用there is来引导二、非限定性定语从句：非限定性定语从句的作用是对所修饰的成分作进一步说明，通常和主句间用逗号隔开，将从句拿掉后其他部分仍可成立1. which引导的非限定性定语从句来说明前面整个句子的情况或主句的某一部分2. 在引导限定性定语从句时，that有时相当于in which, at which, for which或at whichAttitudes towards daydreaming are changing in much the same way that(in which) attitudes towards night dreaming have changed. 人们对白日做梦的态度正在改变，这与人们对夜间做梦的看法的变化有非常相似之处。I like the music for the very reason that(for which) he dislike it. 我出于某种原因喜欢这种音乐，而他恰恰与我相反。We arrived the day that(on which) they left. 刚好我们到的那天他们走了。3. 有时as也可用作关系代词4. 在非限定性定语从句中，不能用that，而用who, whom代表人，用which代表事物三、定语从句结构错误1. 缺关系词2. 从句中缺成分摘自《简明英语语法》在英文中，有两种定语从句：限定性定语从句与非限定性定语从句。这两种定语从句在其功能和形式方面都有明显的区别： 限定性定语从句限定性定语从句与主句的关系很紧奏，对其先行词起限定、修饰的作用。如果将其去掉，会影响句子意思的完整性；有时甚至于引起费解、误解。例如： Rainforests are being cleared for valuable timber and other resources to speed up the economic growth of the nationsin which they are located . 为了加速他们各自所在国家的经济发展，热带雨林作为有价值的原木和其他资源正为人们所砍伐。 Ocean currents affect the climates of the lands near which they flow. 洋流影响其流经的附近地区的气候。 They explained the reason to us why they had hated us before. 他们向我们解释为什么他们不喜欢我们的原因。非限定性定语从句非限定性定语从句在形式上就与主句很松散，它与主句之间有一个逗点"，"隔开；它对其先行词没有限定、修饰的作用，只起补充、说明的作用。有时也用它来对全句进行补充、说明。即使将其去掉，也不会影响句子意思。由于上述原因，非限定性定语从句在表达意思方面也有别于限定性定语从句。另外，非限定性定语从句在中文译文里，我们往往将其作为一个分句处理，而不把它作定语翻译。 例如：Earlier , the Babylonians had attempted to map the world , but they presented it in the form of a flattened disc rather than a sphere , which was the form adopted by Ptolemy . （此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词a sphere进行补充、说明。） 更早之前，巴比伦人曾试图绘制世界地图，但是他们把它绘制成平盘状而不是托勒密所采用的球体状。 The combination of satellites, which transmit information , computers , which store information , and television , which displays information , will change every home into an education and entertainment center . （此句中，三个非限定性定语从句分别对三个先行词：satellites ，computers和television进行补充、说明。如果去掉这三个非限定性定语从句，那么句子可简化为： The combination of satellites , computers and television will change every home into an education and entertainment center .）卫星能传输信息，计算机能储存信息，电视能显示信息，把这些手段结合起来可以使每个家庭都成为教育娱乐的中心。 The sun heats the earth , which makes it possible for plants to grow .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对全句进行补充、说明,将全句表达的意思看成"一件事情）。太阳给予大地热，这就使植物的生长成为可能。 The old man has a son , who is in the army .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词son进行补充、说明。但本句所传达的信息是："这位老人只有一个儿子" 。如果将此句改写成限定性定语从句： The old man has a son who is in the army . 那位老人有一个在部队工作的儿子。那么，限定性定语从句就要对先行词son进行限定、修饰。这样一来，句子所传达的信息就变成了："这位老人有一个儿子在部队工作，还有其他的儿子在干别的工作"。）那位老人有一个儿子，他在部队工作。二、定语从句用法详细讲解 定语从句是由关系代词和关系副词引导的从句，其作用是作定语修饰主句的某个成分，定语从句分为限定性和非限定性从句两种。状语从句分为时间状语从句，结果状语从句，让步状语从句，原因状语从句，条件状语从句以及行为方式状语从句。名词从句包括主语从句，宾语从句，表语从句和同位语从句及there be句型。一、 限定性定语从句1. that即可代表事物也可代表人，which代表事物；它们在从句中作主语或宾语，that在从句中作宾语时常可省略关系词，which在从句中作宾语则不能省略。而且，如果which在从句中作“不及物动词＋介词”的介词的宾语，注意介词不要丢掉，而且介词总是放在关系代词which的前边，但有的则放在它原来的位置2. which作宾语时，根据先行词与定语从句之间的语义关系，先行词与which之间的介词不能丢3. 代表物时多用which，但在带有下列词的句子中用that而不用which，这些词包括all, anything, much等，这时的that常被省略4. who和whom引导的从句用来修饰人，分别作从句中的主语和宾语，whom作宾语时，要注意它可以作动词的宾语也可以作介词的宾语5. where是关系副词，用来表示地点的定语从句6. when引导定语从句表示时间〔注〕值得一提的是，表示时间“time"一词的定语从句只用when引导，有时不用任何关系代词，当然也不用that引导By the time you arrive in London, we will have stayed there for two weeks.I still remember the first time I met her.Each time he goes to besiness trip, he brings a lot of living necessities, such as towers, soap, toothbrush etc.7. whose是关系代词，修饰名词作定语，相当于所修饰成分的前置所有格8. 当从句的逻辑主语是some, any, no, somebody, anybody, nobody, something, anything, everything或nothing时，常用there is来引导二、非限定性定语从句：非限定性定语从句的作用是对所修饰的成分作进一步说明，通常和主句间用逗号隔开，将从句拿掉后其他部分仍可成立1. which引导的非限定性定语从句来说明前面整个句子的情况或主句的某一部分2. 在引导限定性定语从句时，that有时相当于in which, at which, for which或at whichAttitudes towards daydreaming are changing in much the same way that(in which) attitudes towards night dreaming have changed. 人们对白日做梦的态度正在改变，这与人们对夜间做梦的看法的变化有非常相似之处。I like the music for the very reason that(for which) he dislike it. 我出于某种原因喜欢这种音乐，而他恰恰与我相反。We arrived the day that(on which) they left. 刚好我们到的那天他们走了。3. 有时as也可用作关系代词4. 在非限定性定语从句中，不能用that，而用who, whom代表人，用which代表事物

一、基本概念（一） 定语从句在复合句中作定语，修饰名词或代词的从句叫定语从句。（二） 先行词被定语从句所修饰的名词或代词。一般情况下，定语从句紧跟先行词。但也有因各种原因定语从句与先行词被分割的现象。（三）关系代词和关系副词定语从句的引导词。与先行词关系密切，因此紧跟先行词，并在定语从句中充当一个成分。关系代词有：who, whom, which, that和whose, 另外，as也可充当关系代词。关系代词在定语从句中充当主语、宾语、表语和定语。关系副词有：when, where和why。在定语从句中充当状语。二、关系代词的用法（一）基本用法根据先行词的不同，和在从句中所充当的成分不同，选用不同的关系代词。如下表：关系词 先行词 从句成分 例句 备注关系代词 who 人 主语，宾语 Do you know the man who is talking with your mother? whom, which和that在从句中做宾语时，常可以省略，但介词提前时后面关系代词不能省略，也不可以用that whom 人 宾语 Mr. Smith is the person with whom I am workingThe boy (whom) she loved died in the war. whose 人，物 定语 I like those books whose topics are about history.The boy whose father works abroad is my classmate. that 人，物 主语，宾语 A plane is a machine that can fly.She is the pop star (that) I want to see very much. which 物 主语，宾语 The book (which) I gave you was worth $10.The picture which was about the accident was terrible. as 人，物 主语，宾语 He is such a person as is respected by all of us.This is the same pen as I lost yesterday. as做宾语一般不省略例如：（注意关系代词在定语从句中所充当的成分）① Do you know the professor who/that will give us a speech next week? （作主语）② I read a report about his new novel that/ which will soon be published. （作主语）③ The plan that/which they argued about was settled at last. （作宾语）④ This is the new secretary (who/whom/that) I would like to introduce to you. （作宾语）⑤ The soldier whose legs were badly wounded was operated on without delay. （作定语）注意：关系代词在定语从句中充当宾语时可以省略，充当主语时则不能。（见上例③④）（二）关系代词that代替which的一些情况which, that 在代替物时，一般可以通用。但在有些情况下，只用 that。⑴ 先行词是最高级形容词或它的前面有最高级形容词修饰时。例如：① This is the best that has been used against pollution.② English is the most difficult subject that you will learn during these years.⑵ 先行词是序数词，或它前面有一个序数词时。例如：① This is the last place (that) I want to visit.② It is the first American movie of this kind that I"ve ever seen.⑶ 先行词是 all, much, little, something, everything, anything, nothing, none等代词时。例如：① You should hand in all that you have.② We haven"t got much that we can offer you.⑷ 先行词前面有the only, the very, any, few, little, no, all, much, every等修饰时。例如：① The only thing that we can do is to give you some money.② The little money (that) he had was stolen.（三）宜用who, 而不用that的一些情况⑴ 先行词是one, ones, anyone时。例如：① One who has nothing to fear for oneself dares to tell the truth.② Don"t tell anyone about the news who oughtn"t to know it.⑵先行词是those时。例如：① Those who were not fit for their work could not see the beautiful clothes made of the magic cloth.（四）其它情况⑴ 先行词既有人又有物时。例如：① Do you know the things and persons that they are talking about?② The bike and its rider that had run over an old man were taken to the police station.⑵ 主句已有疑问词who 或which时。例如：① Which is the bike that you lost?② Who is the woman that was praised at the meeting?（五）与whose有关的问题⑴ whose是代词的所有格，它既可以代人也可以代物。例如：① I saw a woman whose bag was stolen.② Please show me the book whose cover is red.⑵ 当whose表示物与物的所有格关系时，亦可用of which的形式。例如：① The building whose roof you can see from here is a new restaurant.→ The building, the roof of which you can see from here, is a new restaurant.或→ The building, of which the roof you can see from here is a new restaurant.三、介词前提的问题关系代词在定语从句中充当介词宾语时，介词可以前提至关系代词前。例如：Have you seen the pen (which) I wrote the note with just now? （which作介词with的宾语）→Have you seen the pen with which I wrote the note just now? 但是，要注意的是：⑴ 介词前提后，先行词是人或物，关系代词分别只能用whom和which，而不再用that或who。⑵ 介词前提后，关系代词不再能省略。⑶ 有些含有介词的短语动词中的介词不能前提，如：look for, look after, take care of等。例如：① 错误：Who is the old man to that you were talking to?正确：Who is the old man to whom you were talking ? 或 Who is the old man (that/ whom) you were talking to?② 错误：These are the sheep of which the boy took care.正确：These are the sheep (which/that) the boy took care of.四、关系代词在从句中作主语时，从句中的主谓一致关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句的谓语动词在人称和数上应与先行词一致。例如：① Who is the guy that is reading over there?② The number of people that are going to the exhibition is expected to be over 25,000.③ All that needs to be done has been done.④ He is one of the students who use computer a lot for study.⑤ Timmy is the only one of the pupils that has failed the exam.例③中的all意为“一切”，作单数。例⑤中没通过考试的学生事实上只有一人，因此谓语动词也用单数。that与which, who, whom的用法区别：情况 用法说明 例句只用that的情况 1． 先行词为all, everything, anything, nothing, little, much,等不定代词时。2． 先行词被all, any, every, each, much, little, no, some, few等修饰时3． 先行词有形容词最高级和序数词修饰时4． 先行词既指人又指物时5． 先行词被the only, the very修饰时6． 句中已经有who或which时，为了避免重复时 1. He told me everything that he knows.2. All the books that you offered have been given out.3. This is the best film that I have ever read.4. We talked about the persons and things that we remembered.5. He is the only man that I want to see.6. Who is the man that is making a speech?只用which, who, whom的情况 1． 在非限制性定语从句中，只能用which指代物，用who/whom指人2． 在由“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句中，只能用which指物，whom指人。3． 先行词本身是that时，关系词用which, 先行词为those, one, he时多用who。 1. He has a son, who has gone abroad for further study.2. I like the person to whom the teacher is talking.3. Those who respect others are usually respected by others.二、语法知识拓展（一）选择适当的关系代词that, which, who, whom或whose，把下列句子补充完整。1. Rice is a plant ________ is grown in the south.2. Those ________ want to go please sign their names here.3. All ________ glitters is not gold.4. This is the only way leads to your success.5. Both the girl and her dog were crossing the street were hit by a coming car.6. This is the biggest building ________we have ever built in our school.7. This is the second school ________ I used to work at, and many students there still have contact with me.8. There is a mountain ________ top is always covered with snow.9. You can take any seat ________ is free.10. Could you tell me from _________ you borrowed this book?（二）用定语从句合并下列句子1. The lady is a film star. You took a photo of the lady yesterday._______________________________________________________________________2. What"s the address of the factory? We noticed the advertisement of the factory the other day.________________________________________________________________________3. This is the stadium He often goes to the stadium on Sundays. ________________________________________________________________________4. A professor is going to give us a speech this Friday afternoon. He has been working on environmental protection. ________________________________________________________________________5. He hasn"t got enough money. He can buy a laptop with the money. ________________________________________________________________________（三）单项填空1. Who is the woman is sweeping the floor over there?A. who B. / C. that D. when 2. The doctor is leaving for Africa next month.A. the nurse is talking to him B. whom the nurse is talking C. the nurse is talking to D. who the nurse is talking 3. He talked about a hero no one had ever heard. A. of whom B. from whom C. about that D. who4. Have you read the book I lent to you? A. that B. whom C. when D. whose5. American women usually identify their best friend as someone ______ they can talk frequently.A. who B. as C. about which D. with whom6. Recently I bought a second-hand car was very low.A. which price B. the price of whose C. its price D. whose price7. Lily, is Helen ______ you want to introduce me to?A. that B. who C. whom D. the girl8. The professors talked with us about the beautiful schools and the experienced teachers ______ they had seen.A. that B. who C. which D. what9. This is the only bus ______ goes to the village school.A. / B. that C. where D. it10. Is there a shop around _______sells China Daily?A. who B. where C. in which D. which11. She was the only one of the girls in our class _______ accepted as candidate for the president of our Students" Union.A. who was B. who were C. who has been D. who have been12. She is no longer the sweet little girl ______ she used to be. A. what B. who C. when D. that13. Is this singer ______ songs you like best?A. who"s B. whose C. which D the one whose14. He got angry with _____ was against his opinion.A. who B. whomever C. whoever D. no matter who15. Anyone _____with what I said may raise your hand.A. which agrees B. who agree C. who agrees D. which agree16. That"s the dog ______.A. we"ve been looking after B. after which we"ve been lookingC. what we"ve been looking after D. we"ve been taking care for17. This is the last time ______ I"ll give you a lesson.A. when B. that C. what D. as18. The family _____ I stayed with in Paris are coming to London.A. whose B. which C. what D. whom19. This is the very knife ______ I used to cut apples yesterday.A. that B. by which C. which D. with which20. China has many rivers, _____ the Yangtze River is the longest..A. which B. in which C. among which D. one of which21. The use they are ______ the waste helps to save a lot of money.A. made of B. made from C. making up of D. making of22. That tree, the branches ______ are almost bare, is a very old one.A. whose B. in which C. of which D. of it23. In the dark street, there wasn"t a single person ______ she could turn for help. A. that B. who C. from whom D. to whom24. What is the way Smith thought of ______ enough money to buy the new house?A. getting B. having got C. being got D. to get25. Jack spent as much time as he could ______ over his lessons.A. going B. went C. go D. to go 26. The freezing point is the temperature ______ water changes into ice. A. at which B. on that C. when D. of which27. I am impressed by the fact that he makes good use of every minute _____ he can spare. A. that B. in which C. in that D. when28. This is the last time ______ I will write to you. A. when B. that C. what D. as29. I don"t like the way ______ he spoke to me. A. what B. by which C. by that D. /30. The train ______ he was traveling was delayed for more than an hour. A. by which B. on which C. for which D. on that参考答案（一）选择适当的关系代词that, which, who, whom或whose，把下列句子补充完整。1. that/which 2. who 3. that 4. that 5. that 6. (that) 7. (that) 8. whose 9. that 10. whom（二）用定语从句合并下列句子1. The lady (that/who/whom) you took a photo of yesterday is a film star.2. What"s the address of the factory whose advertisement we noticed the other day?3. This is the stadium he often goes to on Sundays.4. A professor who/that has been working on environmental protection is going to give us a speech this Friday afternoon.5. He hasn"t got enough money with which he can buy a laptop.（三）单项填空1-5 CCAAD 6-10 DDABD 11-15 ADBCC 16-20 ABDAC 21-25 DCDDA 26-30 AABDB

一、详细的定语从句讲解 定语从句是由关系代词和关系副词引导的从句，其作用是作定语修饰主句的某个成分，定语从句分为限定性和非限定性从句两种。状语从句分为时间状语从句，结果状语从句，让步状语从句，原因状语从句，条件状语从句以及行为方式状语从句。名词从句包括主语从句，宾语从句，表语从句和同位语从句及there be句型。 一、 限定性定语从句 1. that即可代表事物也可代表人，which代表事物；它们在从句中作主语或宾语，that在从句中作宾语时常可省略关系词，which在从句中作宾语则不能省略。而且，如果which在从句中作“不及物动词＋介词”的介词的宾语，注意介词不要丢掉，而且介词总是放在关系代词which的前边，但有的则放在它原来的位置 2. which作宾语时，根据先行词与定语从句之间的语义关系，先行词与which之间的介词不能丢 3. 代表物时多用which，但在带有下列词的句子中用that而不用which，这些词包括all, anything, much等，这时的that常被省略 4. who和whom引导的从句用来修饰人，分别作从句中的主语和宾语，whom作宾语时，要注意它可以作动词的宾语也可以作介词的宾语 5. where是关系副词，用来表示地点的定语从句 6. when引导定语从句表示时间 〔注〕值得一提的是，表示时间“time"一词的定语从句只用when引导，有时不用任何关系代词，当然也不用that引导 By the time you arrive in London, we will have stayed there for two weeks. I still remember the first time I met her. Each time he goes to besiness trip, he brings a lot of living necessities, such as towers, soap, toothbrush etc. 7. whose是关系代词，修饰名词作定语，相当于所修饰成分的前置所有格 8. 当从句的逻辑主语是some, any, no, somebody, anybody, nobody, something, anything, everything或nothing时，常用there is来引导 二、非限定性定语从句：非限定性定语从句的作用是对所修饰的成分作进一步说明，通常和主句间用逗号隔开，将从句拿掉后其他部分仍可成立 1. which引导的非限定性定语从句来说明前面整个句子的情况或主句的某一部分 2. 在引导限定性定语从句时，that有时相当于in which, at which, for which或at which Attitudes towards daydreaming are changing in much the same way that(in which) attitudes towards night dreaming have changed. 人们对白日做梦的态度正在改变，这与人们对夜间做梦的看法的变化有非常相似之处。 I like the music for the very reason that(for which) he dislike it. 我出于某种原因喜欢这种音乐，而他恰恰与我相反。 We arrived the day that(on which) they left. 刚好我们到的那天他们走了。 3. 有时as也可用作关系代词 4. 在非限定性定语从句中，不能用that，而用who, whom代表人，用which代表事物 三、定语从句结构错误 1. 缺关系词 2. 从句中缺成分 摘自《简明英语语法》 在英文中，有两种定语从句：限定性定语从句与非限定性定语从句。这两种定语从句在其功能和形式方面都有明显的区别： 限定性定语从句限定性定语从句与主句的关系很紧奏，对其先行词起限定、修饰的作用。如果将其去掉，会影响句子意思的完整性；有时甚至于引起费解、误解。例如： Rainforests are being cleared for valuable timber and other resources to speed up the economic growth of the nationsin which they are located . 为了加速他们各自所在国家的经济发展，热带雨林作为有价值的原木和其他资源正为人们所砍伐。 Ocean currents affect the climates of the lands near which they flow. 洋流影响其流经的附近地区的气候。 They explained the reason to us why they had hated us before. 他们向我们解释为什么他们不喜欢我们的原因。 非限定性定语从句非限定性定语从句在形式上就与主句很松散，它与主句之间有一个逗点"，"隔开；它对其先行词没有限定、修饰的作用，只起补充、说明的作用。有时也用它来对全句进行补充、说明。即使将其去掉，也不会影响句子意思。由于上述原因，非限定性定语从句在表达意思方面也有别于限定性定语从句。另外，非限定性定语从句在中文译文里，我们往往将其作为一个分句处理，而不把它作定语翻译。 例如：Earlier , the Babylonians had attempted to map the world , but they presented it in the form of a flattened disc rather than a sphere , which was the form adopted by Ptolemy . （此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词a sphere进行补充、说明。） 更早之前，巴比伦人曾试图绘制世界地图，但是他们把它绘制成平盘状而不是托勒密所采用的球体状。 The combination of satellites, which transmit information , computers , which store information , and television , which displays information , will change every home into an education and entertainment center . （此句中，三个非限定性定语从句分别对三个先行词：satellites ，computers和television进行补充、说明。如果去掉这三个非限定性定语从句，那么句子可简化为： The combination of satellites , computers and television will change every home into an education and entertainment center .）卫星能传输信息，计算机能储存信息，电视能显示信息，把这些手段结合起来可以使每个家庭都成为教育娱乐的中心。 The sun heats the earth , which makes it possible for plants to grow .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对全句进行补充、说明,将全句表达的意思看成"一件事情）。太阳给予大地热，这就使植物的生长成为可能。 The old man has a son , who is in the army .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词son进行补充、说明。但本句所传达的信息是："这位老人只有一个儿子" 。如果将此句改写成限定性定语从句： The old man has a son who is in the army . 那位老人有一个在部队工作的儿子。那么，限定性定语从句就要对先行词son进行限定、修饰。这样一来，句子所传达的信息就变成了："这位老人有一个儿子在部队工作，还有其他的儿子在干别的工作"。）那位老人有一个儿子，他在部队工作。二、定语从句用法详细讲解 定语从句是由关系代词和关系副词引导的从句，其作用是作定语修饰主句的某个成分，定语从句分为限定性和非限定性从句两种。状语从句分为时间状语从句，结果状语从句，让步状语从句，原因状语从句，条件状语从句以及行为方式状语从句。名词从句包括主语从句，宾语从句，表语从句和同位语从句及there be句型。 一、 限定性定语从句 1. that即可代表事物也可代表人，which代表事物；它们在从句中作主语或宾语，that在从句中作宾语时常可省略关系词，which在从句中作宾语则不能省略。而且，如果which在从句中作“不及物动词＋介词”的介词的宾语，注意介词不要丢掉，而且介词总是放在关系代词which的前边，但有的则放在它原来的位置 2. which作宾语时，根据先行词与定语从句之间的语义关系，先行词与which之间的介词不能丢 3. 代表物时多用which，但在带有下列词的句子中用that而不用which，这些词包括all, anything, much等，这时的that常被省略 4. who和whom引导的从句用来修饰人，分别作从句中的主语和宾语，whom作宾语时，要注意它可以作动词的宾语也可以作介词的宾语 5. where是关系副词，用来表示地点的定语从句 6. when引导定语从句表示时间 〔注〕值得一提的是，表示时间“time"一词的定语从句只用when引导，有时不用任何关系代词，当然也不用that引导 By the time you arrive in London, we will have stayed there for two weeks. I still remember the first time I met her. Each time he goes to besiness trip, he brings a lot of living necessities, such as towers, soap, toothbrush etc. 7. whose是关系代词，修饰名词作定语，相当于所修饰成分的前置所有格 8. 当从句的逻辑主语是some, any, no, somebody, anybody, nobody, something, anything, everything或nothing时，常用there is来引导 二、非限定性定语从句：非限定性定语从句的作用是对所修饰的成分作进一步说明，通常和主句间用逗号隔开，将从句拿掉后其他部分仍可成立 1. which引导的非限定性定语从句来说明前面整个句子的情况或主句的某一部分 2. 在引导限定性定语从句时，that有时相当于in which, at which, for which或at which Attitudes towards daydreaming are changing in much the same way that(in which) attitudes towards night dreaming have changed. 人们对白日做梦的态度正在改变，这与人们对夜间做梦的看法的变化有非常相似之处。 I like the music for the very reason that(for which) he dislike it. 我出于某种原因喜欢这种音乐，而他恰恰与我相反。 We arrived the day that(on which) they left. 刚好我们到的那天他们走了。 3. 有时as也可用作关系代词 4. 在非限定性定语从句中，不能用that，而用who, whom代表人，用which代表事物 三、定语从句结构错误 1. 缺关系词 2. 从句中缺成分 摘自《简明英语语法》 在英文中，有两种定语从句：限定性定语从句与非限定性定语从句。这两种定语从句在其功能和形式方面都有明显的区别： 限定性定语从句限定性定语从句与主句的关系很紧奏，对其先行词起限定、修饰的作用。如果将其去掉，会影响句子意思的完整性；有时甚至于引起费解、误解。例如： Rainforests are being cleared for valuable timber and other resources to speed up the economic growth of the nationsin which they are located . 为了加速他们各自所在国家的经济发展，热带雨林作为有价值的原木和其他资源正为人们所砍伐。 Ocean currents affect the climates of the lands near which they flow. 洋流影响其流经的附近地区的气候。 They explained the reason to us why they had hated us before. 他们向我们解释为什么他们不喜欢我们的原因。 非限定性定语从句非限定性定语从句在形式上就与主句很松散，它与主句之间有一个逗点"，"隔开；它对其先行词没有限定、修饰的作用，只起补充、说明的作用。有时也用它来对全句进行补充、说明。即使将其去掉，也不会影响句子意思。由于上述原因，非限定性定语从句在表达意思方面也有别于限定性定语从句。另外，非限定性定语从句在中文译文里，我们往往将其作为一个分句处理，而不把它作定语翻译。 例如：Earlier , the Babylonians had attempted to map the world , but they presented it in the form of a flattened disc rather than a sphere , which was the form adopted by Ptolemy . （此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词a sphere进行补充、说明。） 更早之前，巴比伦人曾试图绘制世界地图，但是他们把它绘制成平盘状而不是托勒密所采用的球体状。 The combination of satellites, which transmit information , computers , which store information , and television , which displays information , will change every home into an education and entertainment center . （此句中，三个非限定性定语从句分别对三个先行词：satellites ，computers和television进行补充、说明。如果去掉这三个非限定性定语从句，那么句子可简化为： The combination of satellites , computers and television will change every home into an education and entertainment center .）卫星能传输信息，计算机能储存信息，电视能显示信息，把这些手段结合起来可以使每个家庭都成为教育娱乐的中心。 The sun heats the earth , which makes it possible for plants to grow .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对全句进行补充、说明,将全句表达的意思看成"一件事情）。太阳给予大地热，这就使植物的生长成为可能。 The old man has a son , who is in the army .（此句中，非限定性定语从句是对先行词son进行补充、说明。但本句所传达的信息是："这位老人只有一个儿子" 。如果将此句改写成限定性定语从句： The old man has a son who is in the army . 那位老人有一个在部队工作的儿子。那么，限定性定语从句就要对先行词son进行限定、修饰。这样一来，句子所传达的信息就变成了："这位老人有一个儿子在部队工作，还有其他的儿子在干别的工作"。）那位老人有一个儿子，他在部队工作。 定语从句（Attributive Clauses）在句中做定语，修饰一个名词或代词，被修饰的名词,词组或代词即先行词。定语从句通常出现在先行词之后，由关系词（关系代词或关系副词）引出。 关系代词有：who, whom, whose, that, which等。 关系副词有：when, where, why等。 18.1 关系代词引导的定语从句 关系代词所代替的先行词是人或物的名词或代词，并在句中充当主语、宾语、定语等成分。关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致。 1）who, whom, that 这些词代替的先行词是人的名词或代词，在从句中所起作用如下： Is he the man who/that wants to see you? 他就是你想见的人吗？（who/that在从句中作主语） He is the man whom/ that I saw yesterday. 他就是我昨天见的那个人。（whom/that在从句中作宾语） 2) Whose 用来指人或物，(只用作定语, 若指物，它还可以同of which互换）, 例如： They rushed over to help the man whose car had broken down. 那人车坏了，大家都跑过去帮忙。 Please pass me the book whose (of which) cover is green. 请递给我那本绿皮的书。 3）which, that 它们所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可作主语、宾语等，例如： A prosperity which / that had never been seen before appears in the countryside. 农村出现了前所未有的繁荣。（which / that在句中作宾语） The package (which / that) you are carrying is about to come unwrapped. 你拿的包快散了。(which / that在句中作宾语 18.2 关系副词引导的定语从句 关系副词可代替的先行词是时间、地点或理由的名词，在从句中作状语。 1）when, where, why 关系副词when, where, why的含义相当于"介词+ which"结构，因此常常和"介词+ which"结构交替使用，例如： There are occasions when (on which) one must yield. 任何人都有不得不屈服的时候。 Beijing is the place where (in which) I was born. 北京是我的出生地。 Is this the reason why (for which) he refused our offer? 这就是他拒绝我们帮助他的理由吗？ 2）that代替关系副词 that可以用于表示时间、地点、方式、理由的名词后取代when, where, why和"介词+ which"引导的定语从句，在口语中that常被省略，例如： His father died the year (that / when / in which) he was born. 他父亲在他出生那年逝世了。 He is unlikely to find the place (that / where / in which) he lived forty years ago. 他不大可能找到他四十年前居住过的地方。用关系代词，还是关系副词完全取决于从句中的谓语动词。及物动词后面无宾语，就必须要求用关系代词；而不及物动词则要求用关系副词。例如： This is the mountain village where I stayed last year. I"ll never forget the days when I worked together with you. 判断改错（注：先显示题，再显示答案，横线；用不同的颜色表示出。） （错） This is the mountain village where I visited last year. （错） I will never forget the days when I spent in the countryside. （对） This is the mountain village (which) I visited last year. （对） I"ll never forget the days (which) I spent in the countryside.

定语从句用来充当句中定语的主谓结构；它主要用于修饰句子中的名词、代词。而定语从句的位置常常是紧跟在被修饰的名词、代词的后面。在被修饰的名词、代词与定语从句之间往往有一个关系词将其前后两部分联系成一个整体，或是构成一个名词短语；或是构成一个代词短语。但从结构上说，关系词与从句是一个整体。排除句子的其他各部分，这种带有定语从句的名词短语或是代词短语的构成可演示如下： 1）three signs that indicate a person is suffering from a panic attack rather than a heart attack 三种意味着一个人是患有惊恐症而不是心脏病的迹象在这个带有定语从句的名词短语中： signs是：被修饰的名词； that是：关系词； that indicate a person is suffering from a panic attack rather than a heart attack是定语从句 2）those who drink a lot 那些大量饮酒的人在这个带有定语从句的代词短语中： those是：被修饰的名词； who是：关系词; who drink a lot是：定语从句 通过面上的演示,我们可以归纳出定语从句在句子中的位置、结构如下： 被修饰的名词 / 代词 + 关系词 + 句子 (其中，"被修饰的名词/代词"在语法叫作"先行词".) 要点提示： 1）"先行词"与"关系词"的内在联系"先行词"与"关系词"之间实质上是互等、互换的关系。也就是说，关系词的作用就是将先行词所表达意义"代到"从句中来起作用。例如： They often become easily frightened or feel uneasy in situations （先行词）where (关系词)people normally would not be afraid . 他们常在人们一般不会感到害怕的情况下却很容易感到恐惧或是感到不自在。 （本句中的关系词where = 先行词（in）situations 。如果把这个复合句拆成两个分句，那就是： They often become easily frightened or feel uneasy in situations people normally would not be afraid in situations 由此可以看出，"先行词"与"关系词"之间实质上是互等、互换的关系）。 又例如： Rude people are those （先行词） whose (关系词)behavior shows little respect for the rules（先行词） that(关系词) the majority follows . 不讲礼貌的人是指那些，他们的行为对大多数人所遵从的规则并不表示尊敬的人。 由此我们还可以看出，"先行词"往往是分别重复出现在两个分句中的名词或代词。这也就是我们做定语从句的条件之必需。否则，"关系词"就无法去替代"先行词"而构筑定语从句了。这个道理就如同我们在计算机上"做剪贴以前要先做复制"一样。） 2）"先行词"的意义决定"关系词"的选择"关系词"的选择往往是由"先行词"自身表达的意义，以及它在从句中的语法功能而决定的。这个意思就是说，假如"先行词"自身表达的意义是表示"人的意义"或是"物的意义"，那么我们就相应地选择表示"人的意义"或是"物的意义"的"先行词"。"先行词" 在从句中的语法功能也是决定"关系词"选择的重要条件。比如说，同样都是表示"人的意义"的"先行词"，如果它在从句中作主语，"关系词"就得用表示"人的意义"的主格形式，如果它在从句中作定语，"关系词"就得用表示"人的意义"的所有格形式。另外，有时"先行词"本身是表示事物的名词，而它在从句中却与介词构成了短语，在从句中充当状语，在这种情况下，我们就应该用"关系副词"而不能用"关系代词"了。例如： Some people who are successful language learners often fail in other fields . 有些在语言学习上很有成就的人,在其他领域常常一无所成。 In our class , we have some students whose families are not in Wuhan. 我们班上有些家不在武汉市的同学。 There are many sounds which have a meaning and yet are not words . 有许多声音有意义但不是词。 Tell him to go to the classroom where we often have our English class . 如果把这个复合句拆成两个分句，那就是： tell him to go to the classroom we often have our English class in the classroom ) 告诉他去我们常上英语课的那间教室。 (一) 关系词 从前面的讨论中我们可以清楚地看出，关系词在定语从句的构成里是至关重要的。我们甚至可以说，掌握不好关系词就无法做成定语从句，也无法理解文中带有定语从句部分的意思。因此，我们首先讨论一下关系词的有关问题。 定语从句中的关系词只有两类：关系代词和关系副词；没有连词。也就是说，定语从句中的所有关系词不但都有具体的意义而且都在从句中担任一定的成分。 1）关系代词：who , whom , whose , which , that 等。 who用于代替"表示人的意义"的先行词，并且在从句中作主语；在现代英语里，也可取代whom在从句中作动词的宾语。例如： I have no idea about the man who wrote the article . 我不认识写这篇文章的那个人。 The little boy who is singing there can recite quiet a number of Chinese poems . whom 用于代替"表示人的意义"的先行词，并且在从句中作动词或介词的宾语。在现代英语里，如果whom在从句中作动词的宾语，它与who可以通用；但是如果whom在从句中作介词的宾语，那么就只能用whom而不能与who通用了。当然，如果在口语或非正式文体中，介词没有提前，也就没有这点要求了。例如： Who is the girl whom ( who ) you talked to just now ? 刚才和你说话的那个女孩子是谁？ Yesterday, I happened to meet , in the shopping center , the professor who ( whom ) I got to know at a party . 昨天在购物中心，我碰巧遇见了那位我在一次聚会上认识的教授。 They are looking for the patient on whom doctors just performed an operation . 他们正在寻找那位医生刚刚给他做过手术的病人。 (句中的关系代词whom代替the patient ，在从句中作介词on的宾语，而且介词on提到关系代词的前面，所以who 和whom就绝不可以通用了，此处只能用whom 。) Who is the girl to who (whom) you talked just now ? （错误） (句中的关系代词whom(who)代替the girl ，在从句中作介词to的宾语，但是由于介词to已提到了关系代词的前面,who 和whom就绝不可以通用了,所以如果还继续使用who句子就错了。此处只能用whom 。) whose 用于代替"表示人或物意义"的先行词，在从句中作定语，往往与它所修饰的名词一起构成一个名词短语在从句中担当成分。Whose常表达"某人的、某物的"之意。例如： Do you know the name of that girl whose brother is your roommate ? 你知道她的哥哥与你同寝室的那位女孩的名字吗？ Water whose boiling point is at 100 degree Centigrade has no color, no flavor. 沸点在摄氏100度的水无色、无味。 which 用于代替"表示事物意义"的先行词，在从句中作主语、宾语。例如： Views which are entirely new or foreign may also be hard to accept . 那些全新的或是来自国外的观点或许也很难被接受。 I"ve got a novel which you may like to read . 我弄到一本你或许想看的小说。 That was a fault which could not be forgiven . 那是不能饶恕的错误。 that 既用于代替"表示人的意义"的先行词，也用于代替"表示事物意义"的先行词；在从句中既可以作主语，也可以作谓语动词的宾语，但是不能作介词的宾语。在一定范围内，that = who / whom / which 。例如： Views that (which ) are entirely new or foreign may also be hard to accept . 那些全新的或是来自国外的观点或许也很难被接受。 Salaried people that ( who) earn more than a few thousand dollars must pay a certain percentage of their salaries to the federal government .工薪在几千美元以上的人必须将工资中的一定百分比交付给联邦政府。 Who is the girl to that you talked just now ? （错误） 要点提示： 定语从句中作宾语的关系代词可以省略如果关系代词在定语从句中作宾语可以省略。例如： This is the book ( which ) you were looking for yesterday . 这就是你昨天找的那本书。 I don"t like the novel ( that ) you are reading . 我不喜欢你看的这本小说。 Who is the man ( whom ) you"re talking about ? 你们谈论的那个人是谁？ 定语从句中，关系代词的单复数取决于先行词的单复数。例如： Those who are in their forties are required to have a physical examination this afternoon . （先行词Those是复数，关系代词who也就看作是复数，所以从句的谓语动词就用了复数形式are了。）请那些年龄在四十几岁的人于今天下午去进行体检。 This is the magazine which was sent to me by post . （先行词the magazine是单数，关系代词which也就看作是单数，所以从句的谓语动词就用了单数形式was sent） 这是通过邮局寄给我的杂志。 关系代词that 和which的区别 that 和which在一般情况都可以用于代替"表示事物意义"的先行词，在从句中作主语、宾语。但在下列情况下一般只用that而不用which ： -- 先行词本身是all , everything , something , nothing , anything等不定代词时，例如： Anything that can burn is a source of heat energy . 任何能够燃烧的东西都是热能源。 There must be something that happened to you .你一定出了什么事。 They had nothing that could cure of his disease .他们没有一点能治愈他疾病的东西了。 -- 先行词已有序数词或形容词的最高级或the last, the only等作定语时，例如： This is the most impressive TV theater that has never been put on show before . 这是以前从未上演过的最有感染力的电视剧。 That is the only way that leads to your success .那是通向你成功的唯一之路。 We have to consider the first thing that starts our work . 我们必须要考虑启动我们工作的第一件事。 然而，在下列情况下却只用which而不用that： -- 当先行词表示事物意义，并且在从句中作介词的宾语，那么就只能用which 。当然，如果在口语或非正式文体中，介词没有提前，也就没有这点要求了。例如： The world in which we live is made of matter . 我们生活于其中的世界是由物质组成的。 Ocean currents affect the climates of the lands near which they flow . 洋流影响其流经的附近地区的气候。 The world that we live in is made of matter. （正确。因为关系代词虽然在从句中作介词的宾语，但是介词没有提前，所以没有这点要求。） 我们生活于其中的世界是由物质组成的。 The world in that we live is made of matter. （错误。因为关系代词在从句中作介词的宾语，而且介词已经提前，所以必须遵从这点要求。） -- 在非限定性定语从句（关于这一点随后就要讲解）中，当关系词表示事物意义时, 只能用which 。这是语法所规定的，没有任何解释。例如： The sun heats the earth , which makes it possible for plants to grow . 太阳给予大地热，这就使植物的生长成为可能。 The most important form of energy is electrical energy , which is widely used in our daily life .最重要的能源形式是电能，它广泛地运用于我们的日常生活之中。 -- as可以作为关系代词引导限定性定语从句、非限定性定语从句。例如：限定性定语从句 （常用于such … as和the same … as 等句式中） Such points as you"ve mentioned are really important in solving the problem . 你提到的这些方面在解决这个问题上的确很重要。 People such as you describe are rarely seen nowadays . 你描述的这种人现在很少见了。 This computer has the same functions as that one has . 这台计算机有着和那台计算机一样的功能。 非限定性定语从句 （as可以作为关系代词引导非限定性定语从句时，as是指全句：也就是说，将整个主句看成一件事或是一个事实；并对其进行补充、说明。这种非限定性定语从句既可以放在主句之前，也可以放在主句之后。） As I know , she hasn"t got married . 如我所知，她还未结婚。 They won the first place in the game, as could be expected. 可以预料，他们在比赛中得了第一。 Professor Li is extremely popular among students , as is known to all of us . 如我们大家所知，李教授极受学生们的欢迎。 2)关系副词：when , where , why 等。在定语从句，关系副词 = 介词 + which 。也就是说，每个关系副词里本身就已经含有了一个介词：when = 在什么时候，where = 在什么地方，why = 为什么原因，等。至于在英文中用哪个具体的介词，就得依具体情况而定了。 when 代替表示时间的名词，而这个名词在从句中又与介词构成了短语，在从句中充当状语,例如： People will always remember the time when Hong Kong and Macao returned to our motherland . 人们会永远记住香港和澳门回归祖国的那一时刻。 He came at a time when we needed help . 他在我们需要人帮忙的时候来了。 We don"t know the exact time when the English Evening will be held . 我们不知道英语晚会举行的确切时间。 where 代替表示地点的名词，而这个名词在从句中又与介词构成了短语，在从句中充当状语。例如： The place where we"re to have the Speech Contest has not been decided yet.我们举行演讲比赛的地点还未定下来。 He is living in a newly-built house where there used to be a pond . 他现在居住的新房是原先一个池塘的旧址。 That is a beautiful campus where I made a lot dreams . 那是一座我曾经在那儿有过许多梦想的美丽的校园。 why 代替表示原因的名词，而这个名词在从句中又与介词构成了短语，在从句中充当状语。例如： He didn"t tell her the reason why he was so happy . 他没有告诉她为什么他那么高兴的原因。 The reason why she was late is not so acceptable . 她迟到的原因不那么令人接受。 They explained the reason to us why they had misunderstood us before . 他们向我们解释为什么他们以前误解了我们的原因。 介词+关系代词 在这种结构中，关系代词若是表示人的意义，就只能用whom ；关系代词若是表示事物的意义，就只能用which 。而这种结构中较难解决的问题是介词的选择问题，因为这个问题的解决取决于多种因素： A）动词与介词的搭配B）名词与介词的搭配C）形容词与介词的搭配，等等。总之，要依从句的具体需要而定。例如： A）动词与介词的搭配 He has found a good job for which he is qualified .（ qualify + 名词+ for "使…具有…资格" ）他找到了一份他能胜任的工作。 The man to whom you talked just now will chair the meeting tomorrow . （ talk to + 名词 "与某人谈话" ） 你刚才与他谈话的那个人明天主持那个会议。 He is bargaining with the landlord over the monthly price at which the apartment rents .名词+ rent at + 表示价格的词 "某物以某价格出租" ） 他在与房东就那套公寓出租的月租金进行磋商。 B）名词与介词的搭配 They are still living in the little house in which they"ve been lived for 15 years . （ in the house "在屋子里" ） 他们现在还住在他们已住了15年的那个小房子里。 We"ve worked out a method by which our production can be raised on a large scale.( by a method通过某种方法) 我们已研制出了一个能大规模提高生产的方法。 She didn"t realize the extent to which she had been distracted .（ to extend "到某种程度" ） 她没有意识到她心烦意乱的程度。 C）形容词与介词的搭配 The secretary with whom the boss is not happy will be fired for her inefficiency . (happy with "对…表示满意") 老板对其不满意的那个秘书将由于她没有工作效率而被解雇。 I"ve found the job for which I"ve been eager for a long time.（ eager for "渴望得到…" ） 我已找到了我渴望已久的那份工作。 He is a learned man with whom we are familiar . (familiar with 熟悉…)他是一位我们熟悉的有学识的人。

邮箱呢。。。。我发给你